637773
224
Verklein
Vergroot
Pagina terug
1/308
Pagina verder
CITROËN
C4 CACTUS
HANdbOOk
On-line handbook
If the "MyCITROËN" function is not available on the CITROËN public website for your country,
youcanndyourhandbookatthefollowingaddress:
http://service.citroen.com/ddb/
FindyourhandbookontheCITROËNwebsite,under"MyCITROËN".
Select:
Selectoneofthefollowingmeansofaccessto
viewyourhandbookon-line...
Thispersonalandcustomisablespaceallowsyoutoestablishdirectandspecialcontactwiththe
manufacturer.
thelanguage,
thevehicle,itsbodystyle,
theprinteditionofyourhandbookappropriateforthedateofregistrationofyourvehicle.
Scanthiscodefordirectaccesstoyourhandbook.
Referringtothehandbookon-linealsogives
youaccesstothelatestinformationavailable,
easilyidentiedbythebookmark,associated
withthissymbol:
Key
safetywarning
additionalinformation
contributestotheprotectionoftheenvironment
CITROËN has a presence on every continent,
acompleteproductrange,
bringingtogethertechnologyandapermanentspiritofinnovation,
foramodernandcreativeapproachtomobility.
Wethankyouandcongratulateyouonyourchoice.
Happymotoring!
At the wheel of your new vehicle,
gettingtoknoweachsystem,
eachcontrol,eachsetting,
makesyourtrips,yourjourneys
morecomfortableandmoreenjoyable.
Thishandbookhasbeendesignedtohelptomakethe
mostofyourC4Cactusinallcircumstancesandin
completesafety.
Takethetimetoreadthroughitsoastofamiliarise
yourselfwithyourvehicle.
Thishandbookcoversallofthevariationsinequipment
availableacrossthewholeC4Cactusrange.
Yourvehiclewillbefittedwithonlysomeofthe
equipmentdescribedinthisdocument,dependingonits
trimlevel,versionandthespecificationforthecountryin
whichitwassold.
Thedescriptionsandillustrationsaregivenasindications
only.
AutomobilesCITROËNreservestherighttomodifythe
technicalcharacteristics,equipmentandaccessories
withouthavingtoupdatethiseditionofthehandbook.
Thisdocumentformsanintegralpartofyourvehicle.
Remembertopassitontothenewownerintheeventof
thesaleofthevehicle.
.
.
Contents
Instrumentpanel 11
Indicatorandwarninglamps 12
Indicators 24
7-inchtouchscreentablet 28
Tripcomputer 35
Distancerecorders 37
Settingthedateandtime 38
Brightnessofinstrumentsandcontrols 39
Instruments
Overview
Remotecontrolkey 40
Centrallocking 45
Doors 46
Boot 48
Frontelectricwindowcontrols 49
Reardoorwindows 49
Access
Frontseats 50
Rearseats 52
Mirrors 54
Steeringwheeladjustment 55
Ventilation 56
Heating 58
Manualairconditioning 60
Automaticairconditioning 62
Frontdemist-defrost 66
Rearscreendemist-defrost 67
Courtesylamp 68
Bootlamp 69
Panoramicsunroof 69
Interiorttings 70
Bootttings 76
Rearparcelshelf(enterpriseversion) 78
Easeofuseandcomfort
Lightingcontrol 79
Directionindicators 82
Automaticilluminationofheadlamps 83
Daytimerunninglamps/Sidelamps(LEDs) 84
Headlampbeamheightadjustment 85
Corneringlighting 86
Wipercontrolstalk 87
Automaticrainsensitivewipers 89
Lightingandvisibility
Hazardwarninglamps 91
Horn 91
Emergencyorassistancecall 91
Electronicstabilitycontrol(ESC) 92
Gripcontrol 95
Seatbelts 97
Airbags 100
Childseats 105
Deactivatingthepassenger'sfrontairbag 108
ISOFIXchildseats 114
i-Sizechildseats 117
Childlock 119
Safety
Eco-driving
.
Contents
Drivingrecommendations 120
Starting-switchingofftheengine 122
Parkingbrake 125
5-speedmanualgearbox 126
Gearefciencyindicator 127
ETGelectronicgearbox 128
Hillstartassist 132
Stop&Start 133
Speedlimiter 136
Cruisecontrol 139
Memorisingspeeds 142
Parkingsensors 143
Reversingcamera 145
ParkAssist 146
Under-inationdetection 151
Driving
Fueltank 154
Misfuelprevention(Diesel) 156
Snowchains 158
Verycoldclimatescreens 159
Towingatrailer 160
Energyeconomymode 161
Accessories 162
Changingawiperblade 164
Roofbars 165
Bonnet 168
Petrolengines 169
Dieselengines 170
Checkinglevels 171
Checks 174
AdBlue
®
additiveandSCRsystem
(BlueHDiDiesel) 176
AIRBUMP
®
protectors 183
Adviceoncareandmaintenance 184
Practicalinformation
Temporarypuncturerepairkit 186
Sparewheel 192
Changingabulb 198
Changingafuse 206
12Vbattery 213
Towing 217
Runningoutoffuel(Diesel) 219
Intheeventofabreakdown
Petrolengines 220
Petrolweights 221
Dieselengines 222
Dieselweights 223
Dimensions 224
Identicationmarkings 225
Technicaldata
Emergencyorassistance 226
7-inchtouchscreentablet 229
Audioandtelematics
Alphabeticalindex
4
Overview
Remotecontrolkey 40-44
- locking/unlockingthevehicle
- locatingthevehicle
- anti-theftprotection
- battery
Exterior
Doormirrors 54
Lightingcontrolstalk 79-85
Guide-me-homelighting 85
Daytimerunninglamps 84
Headlampbeamheightadjustment 85
Corneringlighting 86
Changingbulbs 198-202
- frontlamps
- foglamps
- directionindicatorrepeaters
Doors 46-47
- opening/closing
- emergencycontrol
Centrallocking 45
Deadlocking 42
Glasspanoramicsunroof 69
Roofbars 165-166
Accessories 162-163
Wipercontrolstalk 87-90
Changingawiperblade 90,164
Boot 48
- opening/closing
- emergencyrelease
ParkAssist 146-150
Reversingcamera 145
Parkingsensors 143-144
Towbar 121,160
Towing 217-218
Changingbulbs 203-204
- rearlamps
- 3
rd
brakelamp
- numberplatelamps
Fueltank,misfuelprevention
(Diesel) 154-157
Runningoutoffuel(Diesel) 219
Electronicstabilityprogramme 92
ESC:ABS,EBFD,ASR,DSC 92-94
Under-inflationdetection 151-153
Tyrepressures 225
Temporarypuncturerepairkit 186-191
Changingawheel 192-197
- tools
- removing/refitting
Snowchains 158
AIRBUMP
®
protectors 183
5
.
Overview
Bootfittings 76-77
- rearparcelshelf
- hook
- storagewell
- luggagenet(accessory)
- luggagenetsecuringrings
Bootlamp 69
Warningtriangle 185
AdBlue
®
tank 180-182
Interior
Reardoorwindows 49
Electricchildlock 119
Rearseats 52-53
Airbags 100-104
Frontelectricwindows 49
Deactivatingthepassenger'sfront
airbag 101,107-110
Seatbelts 97-99
Childseats 105-113,118
ISOFIXchildseats 115-117
i-Sizechildseats 117
Frontseats 50-51
Interiorfittings 70-74
- sunvisor
- glovebox
- 12Vaccessorysocket
- USBport/Auxiliarysocket
- frontarmrest
- coathooks
Mats 75
6
Overview
Instrumentsandcontrols
Doormirrors 54
Frontelectricwindows 49
Openingthebonnet 168
Touchscreentablet 28-34,226-288
Settingthedate/time 38
Brightnessofinstruments 39
Heating,ventilation 56-59
Manualairconditioning 60-61
Automaticairconditioning 62-65
5-speedmanualgearbox 126
Gearefficiencyindicator 127
Electronicgearbox 128-131
Hillstartassist 132
Stop&Start 133-135
Gripcontrol 95-96
Glovebox 70-72
Auxiliarysocket 70-71,73,242
Courtesylamp 68
Rearviewmirror 55
Emergencyorassistance
call 91,226-227
Parkingbrake 125
12Vaccessorysocket 70-72
USBport/Auxiliarysocket
70-71,73,242
Dashboardfuses 206-210
7
.
Overview
Headlampbeamheightadjustment 85
Lightingcontrolstalk 79-85
Automaticilluminationofheadlamps 83
Directionindicators 82
Electronicgearbox 128-131
Wipercontrolstalk 87-90
Tripcomputer 35-36
Speedlimiter 136-138
Cruisecontrol 139-141
Memorisingspeeds 142
Frontdemist/defrost 66
Rearscreendemist/defrost 67
Centrallocking 45
ParkAssist 146-150
ESC 92-94
Hazardwarninglamps 91
Instrumentpanels 11
Warninglamps 12-23
Serviceindicator 24-26
Engineoillevelindicator 27
Gearefficiencyindicator 127
Distancerecorders 37
Steeringwheeladjustment 55
Horn 91
Instrumentsandcontrols(cont.)
Starting-switchingoff
theengine 122-124
8
Overview
Runningoutoffuel,Diesel
(primingpump) 219
AdBlue
®
additiveandSCRsystem
(BlueHDiDiesel) 176-182
Maintenance-Technicaldata
Checkinglevels 171-173
- oil
- brakefluid
- coolant
- screenwashfluid
- additive(Dieselwithparticlefilter)
Checkingcomponents 174-175
- battery
- air/passengercompartmentfilter
- oilfilter
- particlefilter(Diesel)
- brakepads/discs
Changingbulbs 198-205
- frontlamps
- rearlamps
- interiorlighting
Dimensions 224
Identificationmarkings 225
Petrolweights 221
Dieselweights 223
Openingthebonnet 168
Underthebonnet,petrol 169
Underthebonnet,Diesel 170
Petrolengines 220
Dieselengines 222
12Vbattery 213-216
Loadreduction,economymode 161
Enginecompartment
fuses 206-207,211-212
9
.Eco-driving
Optimise the use of your gearbox
Withamanualgearbox,moveoffgentlyandchangeupwithoutwaiting.
Duringaccelerationchangeupearly.
Thegearefficiencyindicatorinvitesyouengagethemostsuitablegear:
assoonastheindicationisdisplayedintheinstrumentpanel,followit
straightaway.
Control the use of your electrical
equipment
Beforemovingoff,ifthepassengercompartmentistoowarm,ventilateit
byopeningthewindowsandairventsbeforeusingtheairconditioning.
Above30mph(50km/h),closethewindowsandleavetheairvents
open.
Remembertomakeuseofequipmentthatcanhelpkeepthe
temperatureinthepassengercompartmentdown(sunroofandwindow
blinds...).
Tosaveenergy,donotsettheairconditioningattoolowatemperature.
Assoonasthedesiredtemperaturehasbeenreached,limittheuseof
theairconditioning,exceptifregulationisautomatic.
Switchoffthedemistinganddefrostingcontrolsassoonasyouconsider
possible.
Switchofftheheatedseatassoonaspossible.
Switchofftheheadlampsandfoglampwhentheleveloflightdoesnot
requiretheiruse.
Avoidrunningtheenginebeforemovingoff,particularlyinwinter;your
vehiclewillwarmupmuchfasterwhiledriving.
Asapassenger,ifyouavoidconnectingyourmultimediadevices
(film,music,videogame...),youwillcontributetowardslimitingthe
consumptionofelectricalenergy,andsooffuel.
Disconnectyourportabledevicesbeforeleavingthevehicle.
Eco-driving
Eco-drivingisarangeofeverydaypracticesthatallowthemotoristtooptimisetheirfuelconsumptionandCO
2
emissions.
Withanelectronicgearbox,donotpresstheacceleratorpedalheavily
orsuddenly.
Drive smoothly
Maintainasafedistancebetweenvehicles,useenginebrakingrather
thanthebrakepedal,andpresstheacceleratorprogressively.These
practicescontributetowardsareductioninfuelconsumptionand
CO
2
emissionsandalsohelpreducethebackgroundtrafficnoise.
Ifyourvehiclehascruisecontrol,makeuseofthesystematspeeds
above25mph(40km/h)whenthetrafficisflowingwell.
10
Eco-driving
Limit the causes of excess consumption
Spreadloadsthroughoutthevehicle;placetheheaviestitemsinthe
bottomoftheboot,ascloseaspossibletotherearseats.
Limittheloadscarriedinthevehicleandreducewindresistance(roof
bars,roofrack,bicyclecarrier,trailer...).Usearoofboxinpreference.
Removeroofbarsandroofracksafteruse.
Attheendofwinter,removesnowtyresandrefityoursummertyres.
Observe the recommendations on
maintenance
Checkthetyrepressuresregularly,whencold,referringtothelabelin
thedooraperture,driver'sside.
Carryoutthischeckinparticular:
- beforealongjourney,
- ateachchangeofseason,
- afteralongperiodoutofuse.
Don'tforgetthesparewheelandthetyresonanytrailerorcaravan.
Haveyourvehicleservicedregularly(engineoil,oilfilter,airfilter,
passengercompartmentfilter...)andobservethescheduleof
operationsinthepersonalisedservicingscheduleforyourvehicle.
WithaBlueHDiDieselengine,iftheSCRsystemdevelopsafault,
yourvehiclebecomespolluting;gotoaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshopwithoutdelaytohavetheemissionsofnitrousoxidesbrought
withinthelimitssetbythedirective.
Whenrefuelling,donotcontinueafterthethirdcut-offofthenozzleto
avoidanyoverflow.
Atthewheelofyournewvehicle,itisonlyafterthefirst1800miles
(3000kilometres)thatyouwillseethefuelconsumptionsettledownto
aconsistentaverage.
11
1
Instruments
Instrumentpanel
1. Serviceindicator,thentotaldistance
recorder(milesorkm).
Thesefunctionsaredisplayedinturnwhen
theignitionisswitchedon.
2. Cruisecontrolorspeedlimitersettings.
3. Digitalspeedometer(mphorkm/h).
4. Informationrelatedtotheelectronic
gearbox.
Display screens
5. Gearefficiencyindicator.
6. Engineoillevelindicator.
7. Fuelgauge.
12
Instruments
Indicatorandwarninglamps
Certainwarninglampsmaycomeonin
oneoftwomodes:fixed(continuous)or
flashing.
Onlybyrelatingthetypeofillumination
to the operation of the vehicle can it
bedeterminedwhetherthesituationis
normalorafaulthasoccurred.Inthe
eventofafault,theilluminationofthe
warninglampmaybeaccompaniedby
amessage.
Refertothetablesinthefollowing
pagesformoreinformation.
Visualindicatorsinformingthedriverthatasystemisinoperation,switchedofforhasafault.
When the ignition is switched on
Certainwarninglampscomeonforafew
secondsintheinstrumentpanelwhenthe
vehicle'signitionisswitchedon.
Whentheengineisstarted,thesesame
warninglampsshouldgooff.
Iftheyremainon,beforemovingoff,refertothe
informationonthewarninglampconcerned.
Associated warnings
Theswitchingonofcertainwarninglampsmay
beaccompaniedbyanaudiblesignalanda
message.
Thewarninglampsmaycomeoncontinuously
(fixed)orflash.
Whenswitchingontheignition,the
displaysintheinstrumentpanelappear
dynamicallyandprogressively.Thisis
normaloperation.
13
1
Instruments
Operation indicator lamps
Ifoneofthefollowingindicatorlampscomeson,thisconfirmsthatthecorrespondingsystemhascomeintooperation.
Itmaybeaccompaniedbyanaudiblesignalandamessageinthescreen.
Left-hand
direction indicator
flashingwithbuzzer. Thelightingstalkispusheddown.
Right-hand
direction indicator
flashingwithbuzzer. Thelightingstalkispushedup.
Sidelamps fixed. Thelightingstalkisinthe
"Sidelamps"position.
Dipped beam
headlamps
fixed. Thelightingstalkisinthe"Dipped
beamheadlamps"position.
Main beam
headlamps
fixed. Thelightingstalkispulledtowards
you.
Pullthestalktoreturntodippedbeamheadlamps.
Front foglamps fixed. Thefrontfoglampsareswitchedon
usingtheringonthelightingcontrol
stalk.
Turntheringonthelightingcontrolstalkrearward
twicetoswitchoffthefrontfoglamps.
Formoreinformationonthelightingcontrols,refertothecorrespondingsection.
Warning / indicator lamp State Cause Action / Observations
14
Instruments
Rear foglamp fixed. Therearfoglamphasbeenswitched
onusingtheringonthelighting
controlstalk.
Turntheringonthelightingcontrolstalktotherearto
switchofftherearfoglamp.
Diesel engine
pre-heating
fixed. Thekeyisatposition2(ignitionon)in
theignitionswitch.
Waituntilthewarninglampgoesoffbeforestarting.
Theperiodofilluminationofthewarninglampis
determinedbytheambientconditions(uptoabout
thirtysecondsinverylowtemperatures).
Iftheenginedoesnotstart,switchtheignitionoffand
thenon,waituntilthewarninglampgoesoffagain,
thenstarttheengine.
Parking brake fixed. Theparkingbrakeisappliedornot
properlyreleased.
Releasetheparkingbraketoswitchoffthewarning
lamp,keepingyourfootonthebrakepedal.
Observethesafetyrecommendations.
Formoreinformationontheparkingbrake,refertothe
correspondingsection.
Warning / indicator lamp State Cause Action / Observations
15
1
Instruments
Automatic
wiping
fixed. Thewipercontrolispushed
downwards.
Automaticfrontwipingisactivated.
Todeactivateautomaticwiping,operatethecontrol
stalkdownwardsorputthestalkintoanotherposition.
Stop & Start fixed. Whenthevehiclestops(redlights,
trafficjams,...)theStop&Startsystem
hasputtheengineintoSTOPmode.
Thewarninglampgoesoffandtheenginerestarts
automaticallyinSTARTmode,assoonasyouwantto
moveoff.
flashes for a
fewseconds,then
goesoff.
STOPmodeistemporarily
unavailable.
or
STARTmodeisinvoked
automatically.
FormoreinformationonStop&Start,refertothe
correspondingsection.
Warning / indicator lamp State Cause Action / Observations
Passenger's
front airbag
fixed. Thecontrolswitch,locatedinthe
glovebox,isinthe"ON"position.
Thepassenger'sfrontairbagis
activated.
Inthiscase,donotinstallarearward
facingchildseatonthefrontseat.
Turn the control switch to the "OFF" position to
deactivatethefrontpassenger'sairbag.
Youcaninstallarearwardfacingchildseat,unless
thereisanairbagfault(Airbagwarninglampon).
16
Instruments
Passenger's
front airbag
fixed. Thecontrolswitch,locatedinthe
glovebox,issettotheOFFposition.
Thepassenger'sfrontairbagis
deactivated.
Youcaninstallthechildseat
rearwardfacing,unlessthereisan
airbagfault(Airbagwarninglampon).
Set the control to the "ON" position to activate the
passenger'sfrontairbag.
Inthiscase,donotfitachildseatintherearward
facingposition.
Dynamic
stability control
(DSC/ASR)
fixed. Thebuttonispressedandthe
indicatorlampcomeson.
TheDSC/ASRisdeactivated.
DSC:dynamicstabilitycontrol.
ASR:anti-slipregulation.
PressthebuttontoactivatetheDSC/ASR.Its
indicatorlampgoesoff.
TheDSC/ASRsystemisactivatedautomaticallywhen
thevehicleisstarted.
Ifdeactivated,thesystemisreactivatedautomatically
fromaround30mph(50km/h).
FormoreinformationontheESCsystem(DSC/ASR),
refertothecorrespondingsection.
Warning / indicator lamp State Cause Action / Observations
Deactivation indicator lamps
Ifoneofthefollowingindicatorlampscomeson,thisconfirmsthatthecorrespondingsystemhasbeenswitchedoffintentionally.
Thisismaybeaccompaniedbyanaudiblesignalandthedisplayofamessage.
17
1
Instruments
Warning lamps
Whentheengineisrunningorthevehicleisbeingdriven,illuminationofoneofthefollowingwarninglampsindicatesafaultwhichrequiresactionon
thepartofthedriver.
Anyfaultresultingintheilluminationofawarninglampmustbeinvestigatedfurtherusingtheassociatedmessage.
Ifyouencounteranyproblems,contactaCITROËNdealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
STOP fixed,associatedwith
anotherwarninglamp,
accompaniedbyan
audiblesignalanda
message.
Illuminationofthiswarninglampis
relatedtoaseriousfaultdetected
withthebrakingorpowersteering
systems,theelectricalsystem,or
withenginelubricationorcoolingor
apuncture.
Stopassoonasitissafetodosoastheenginemay
cutout.
Park,switchofftheignitionandcallaCITROËN
dealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
Warning / indicator lamp State Cause Action / Observations
Service ontemporarily,
accompaniedbya
message.
Oneormoreminorfaultsforwhich
thereisnospecificwarninglamp
havebeendetected.
Identifythecauseofthefaultusingthemessage
displayedinthescreen.
Youcandealwithsomeproblemsyourself,suchasa
dooropenorthestartofsaturationoftheparticlefilter
(assoonasthetrafficconditionsallow,regenerate
thefilterbydrivingataspeedofatleast40mph
(60km/h),untilthewarninglampgoesoff).
Foranyotherproblems,suchasafaultwiththetyre
underinflationdetectionsystem,contactaCITROËN
dealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
fixed,accompaniedby
amessage.
Oneormoremajorfaultsforwhich
thereisnospecificwarninglamp
havebeendetected.
Identifythecauseofthefaultusingthemessage
displayedinthescreen;youmustthencontacta
CITROËNdealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
fixed,associatedwiththe
flashingandthenfixed
displayoftheservice
indicatorspanner.
Theservicingintervalhasbeen
exceeded.
OnlyonBlueHDiDieselversions.
Yourvehiclemustbeservicedassoonaspossible.
18
Instruments
Warning / indicator lamp State Cause Action / Observations
Engine
autodiagnosis
system
flashing. Theenginemanagementsystemhas
afault.
Riskofdestructionofthecatalyticconverter.
HaveitcheckedbyaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshop.
fixed. Theemissioncontrolsystemhas
afault.
Thewarninglampshouldgooffwhentheengineisstarted.
Ifitdoesnotgooff,contactaCITROËNdealerorqualified
workshopwithoutdelay.
Anti-lock
Braking System
(ABS)
fixed. Theanti-lockbrakingsystemhasa
fault.
Thevehicleretainsconventionalbraking.
Drivecarefullyatreducedspeedandcontacta
CITROËNdealeroraqualifiedworkshopwithout
delay.
Dynamic
stability control
(DSC/ASR)
flashing. TheDSC/ASRregulationis
operating.
Thesystemoptimisestractionandimprovesthe
directionalstabilityofthevehicleintheeventoflossof
griportrajectory.
fixed. TheDSC/ASRsystemhasafault. HaveitcheckedbyaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshop.
Braking fixed. Thebrakefluidlevelhasdropped
significantly.
Youmuststopassoonasitissafetodoso.
TopupwithbrakefluidlistedbyCITROËN.
Iftheproblempersists,havethesystemcheckedbya
CITROËNdealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
+ fixed,associated
withtheABSwarning
lamp.
Theelectronicbrakeforcedistribution
(EBFD)systemhasafault.
Youmuststopassoonasitissafetodoso.
HaveitcheckedbyaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshop.
19
1
Instruments
Warning / indicator lamp State Cause Action / Observations
AdBlue
®
additive
(BlueHDi Diesel)
fixed,onswitching
ontheignition,
accompaniedbyan
audiblesignalanda
messageindicatingthe
remainingdrivingrange.
Theremainingdrivingrangeis
between350miles(600km)and
1500miles(2400km).
HavetheAdBlue
®
additivetanktoppedupassoon
aspossible:gotoaCITRNdealeroraqualified
workshop,orcarryoutthisoperationyourself.
+
flashingassociatedwith
theSERVICEwarning
lamp,accompaniedby
anaudiblesignaland
amessageindicating
theremainingdriving
range.
Theremainingdrivingrangeis
between0and350miles(600km).
Youmusttop-up theAdBlue
®
additivetanktoavoid
a breakdown:gotoaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshop,orcarryoutthisoperationyourself.
flashing,associated
with the SERVICE
warninglamp,
accompaniedbyan
audiblesignalanda
messageindicatingthat
startingisprevented.
TheAdBlue
®
tankisempty:the
startinginhibitionsystemrequired
bylegislationpreventsstartingofthe
engine.
Tobeabletostarttheengine,youmusttop-up the
AdBlue
®
additivetank:gotoaCITROËNdealeror
aqualifiedworkshop,orcarryoutthisoperation
yourself.
It is essentialtoaddatleast3.8litresofAdBlue
®
to
theadditivetank.
Fortopping-uporformoreinformationontheAdBlue
®
additive,refertothecorrespondingsection.
20
Instruments
Warning / indicator lamp State Cause Action / Observations
+
+
SCR emissions
control system
(BlueHDi Diesel)
fixed,onswitching
ontheignition,
associatedwiththe
SERVICEandengine
diagnosticwarning
lamps,accompanied
byanaudiblesignal
andamessage.
AfaultwiththeSCRemissions
controlsystemhasbeendetected.
Thisalertdisappearsoncetheexhaustemissions
returntonormallevels.
flashing,onswitching
ontheignition,
associatedwiththe
SERVICEandengine
diagnosticwarning
lamps,accompaniedby
anaudiblesignaland
amessageindicating
theremainingdriving
range.
Afterconfirmationofthefaultwiththe
emissionscontrolsystem,youcan
driveforupto650miles(1100km)
beforetheenginestartinginhibition
systemistriggered.
ContactaCITROËNdealeroraqualifiedworkshop
without delay, to avoid a breakdown.
flashing,onswitching
ontheignition,
associatedwiththe
SERVICEandengine
diagnosticwarning
lamps,accompanied
byanaudiblesignal
andamessage.
Youhaveexceededtheauthorised
drivinglimitfollowingconfirmation
ofafaultwiththeemissionscontrol
system:theenginestartinginhibition
systempreventsstartingofthe
engine.
Tobeabletostarttheengine,youmust call on a
CITROËNdealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
21
1
Instruments
Low fuel level fixed,accompaniedby
anaudiblesignaland
amessage.
Whenitfirstcomesonthereremains
approximately 5 litres of fuel in the
tank.
Youarethenusingthefuelreserve.
Youmustrefuelassoonaspossibletoavoidrunning
outoffuel.
Untilsufficientfuelisadded,thiswarninglampwill
comeoneverytimetheignitionisswitchedon,
accompaniedbyanaudiblesignalandamessage.
Thisaudiblesignalandmessagearerepeatedwith
increasingfrequencyasthedropstowards"0".
Fueltankcapacity:
- Petrol:approximately50litres.
- Diesel:approximately45or50litres(depending
onversion).
Nevercontinuetodriveuntilyourunoutoffuelas
thiscoulddamagetheemissioncontrolandinjection
systems.
Seat belt(s)
not fastened /
unfastened
fixed
orflashing
accompaniedbyan
audiblesignal.
Aseatbelthasnotbeenfastenedor
hasbeenunfastened.
Pullthestraptheninsertthetongueinthebuckle.
Airbags ontemporarily. Thislampcomesonforafew
secondswhenyouturnonthe
ignition,thengoesoff.
Thislampshouldgooffwhentheengineisstarted.
Ifitdoesnotgooff,contactaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
fixed. Oneoftheairbagorseatbelt
pretensionersystemshasafault.
HaveitcheckedbyaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshop.
Warning / indicator lamp State Cause Action / Observations
22
Instruments
Engine oil
pressure
fixed. Thereisafaultwiththeengine
lubricationsystem.
Youmuststopassoonitissafetodoso.
Park,switchofftheignitionandcontactaCITROËN
dealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
Battery charge fixed. Thebatterychargingcircuithasa
fault(dirtyorlooseterminals,slackor
cutalternatorbelt,...).
Thewarninglampshouldgooffwhentheengineis
started.
Ifitdoesnotgooff,contactaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
Maximum
coolant
temperature
fixed. Thetemperatureofthecooling
systemistoohigh.
Stopassoonasitissafetodoso.
Waituntiltheenginehascooleddownbeforetopping
upthelevel,ifnecessary.
Iftheproblempersists,contactaCITROËNdealeror
qualifiedworkshop.
Warning / indicator lamp State Cause Action / Observations
23
1
Instruments
Under-inflation fixed,accompaniedby
anaudiblesignaland
amessage.
Thepressureinoneormoretyresis
toolow.
Checkthetyrepressuresassoonaspossible.
Thischeckshouldpreferablybecarriedoutwhenthe
tyresarecold.
Youmustreinitialisethesystemaftertheadjustment
ofoneormoretyrepressuresandafterchangingone
ormorewheels.
Formoreinformationonunder-inflationdetection,
refertothecorrespondingsection.
+ flashingthenfixed,
accompaniedbythe
Servicewarninglamp.
Thesystemhasfault:thetyre
pressuresarenolongermonitored.
Checkthetyrepressuresassoonaspossible.
HavethesystemcheckedbyaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
Foot on the
brake pedal
flashing,accompanied
byanaudiblesignal
andamessage,and
associatedwiththe
"Footonthebrake"
warningflashinginthe
control panel for the
electronicgearbox.
Thebrakepedalisnotpressedwhen
startingtheengine,withanelectronic
gearbox.
Withanelectronicgearbox,pressthebrakepedalto
starttheengine.
Ifyouwishtoreleasetheparkingbrakewithout
pressingthebrakepedal,thiswarninglampwill
remainon.
flashing. Withanelectronicgearbox,ifyou
holdthevehicleonaninclineusing
theacceleratorfortoolong,the
clutchoverheats.
Usethebrakepedaland/ortheparkingbrake.
Warning / indicator lamp State Cause Action / Observations
24
Instruments
Service indicator
Systemwhichinformsthedriverwhenthe
nextserviceisdue,inaccordancewiththe
manufacturer'sservicingschedule.
More than 1 800 miles (3 000 km)
remain before the next service is due
Whentheignitionisswitchedon,noservice
informationappearsinthescreen.
Between 600 miles (1 000 km)
and 1 800 miles (3 000 km) remain
before the next service is due
For5secondsaftertheignitionisswitchedon,
thespannersymbolisingtheserviceoperations
comeson.Thedistancerecorderdisplayline
indicatesthedistanceremainingbeforethe
nextserviceisdue.
Example:1700miles(2800km)remain
beforethenextserviceisdue.
For5secondsaftertheignitionisswitchedon,
thescreenindicates:
5secondsaftertheignitionisswitchedon,
the spanner goes off;thedistancerecorder
resumesitsnormaloperation.Thescreenthen
indicatesthetotaldistance.
Indicators
Thepointatwhichthenextserviceisdueis
calculatedfromthelastindicatorzeroreset,
dependingonthedistancetravelledandthe
timeelapsedsincethelastservice.
For BlueHDi Diesel versions, the
degreeofdeteriorationoftheengineoil
isalsotakenintoaccount(depending
onthecountryofsale).
25
1
Instruments
Service overdue
For5secondsaftertheignitionisswitchedon,
the spanner flashestoindicatethattheservice
mustbecarriedoutassoonaspossible.
Example:theserviceisoverdueby180miles
(300km).
For5secondsaftertheignitionisswitchedon,
thescreenindicates:
For BlueHDi Diesel versions, this alert
mayalsobeaccompaniedbythefixed
illuminationoftheservicewarninglamp
whentheignitionison.
5secondsaftertheignitionisswitchedon,
thedistancerecorderresumesitsnormal
operation.The spanner remains on.
Thedistanceremainingmaybe
weightedbythetimefactor,depending
onthedrivingconditions.
Therefore,thespannermayalsocome
onifyouhaveexceededtheperiod
sincethelastservice,indicatedinthe
manufacturer'sserviceschedule.
Less than 600 miles (1 000 km)
remain before the next service is due
Example:560miles(900km)remainbefore
thenextserviceisdue.
For5secondsaftertheignitionisswitchedon,
thescreenindicates:
5secondsaftertheignitionisswitchedon,
thedistancerecorderresumesitsnormal
operation.The spanner remains on to
indicatethataservicemustbecarriedout
soon.
For BlueHDi Diesel versions, the
spannermayalsobebroughtonearlier
thanexpected,dependingonthe
degreeofdeteriorationoftheengineoil
(dependingonthecountryofsale).
Therateofdeteriorationoftheengine
oildependsonthedrivingconditionsin
whichthevehicleisused.
26
Instruments
Service indicator zero reset
Aftereachservice,theserviceindicatormust
beresettozero.
Ifyouhavecarriedouttheserviceonyour
vehicleyourself:
F switchofftheignition,
F pressandholdthebuttonontheendofthe
lightingcontrolstalk,
F switchontheignition;thedistancerecorder
displaybeginsacountdown,
F whenthedisplayindicates"=0", release
thebutton;thespannerdisappears.
Followingthisoperation,ifyouwishto
disconnectthebattery,lockthevehicle
andwaitatleastfiveminutesforthe
zeroresettobetakenintoaccount.
Retrieving the service
information
Youcanaccesstheserviceinformationatany
timeinthetouchscreentablet.
F Select the "Driving assistance"
menu.
F Inthesecondarypage,select
"Diagnostic".
Theservicinginformationisdisplayedin
thescreen.
27
1
Instruments
Engine oil level
indicator*
Onversionsfittedwithanelectricoillevel
indicator,thestateoftheengineoillevel
isdisplayedintheinstrumentpanelfora
fewseconds,aftertheservicinginformation.
Thelevelreadwillonlybecorrectif
thevehicleisonlevelgroundandthe
enginehasbeenoffformorethan
30minutes.
Oil level correct
Oil level incorrect
Thisisindicatedbythedisplayofthemessage
"Oillevelincorrect"intheinstrumentpanel
screen,accompaniedbytheservicewarning
lampandanaudiblesignal.
Ifthelowoillevelisconfirmedbyacheckusing
thedipstick,thelevelmustbetoppedupto
avoiddamagetotheengine.
Oil level indicator fault
Thisissignalledbythedisplayofthemessage"Oil
levelmeasurementinvalid"intheinstrumentpanel.
ContactaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshop.
Formoreinformationonchecking
thelevels,refertothecorresponding
section.
*Dependingonversion.
Intheeventofafaultwiththeelectricindicator,
theoillevelisnolongermonitored.
Ifthesystemisfaulty,youmustcheckthe
engineoillevelusingthemanualdipstick
locatedunderthebonnet.
Formoreinformationoncheckingthelevels,
refertothecorrespondingsection.
28
Instruments
7-inchtouchscreentablet
Thetouchscreentabletgivesaccessto:
- theheating/airconditioningcontrols,
- thetripcomputerforsettingsforcertain
vehicle functions,
- theaudiosystemandtelephonecontrols,
- theinteractivehelp,thesoundsettingsand
thebrightnessofinstrumentsandcontrols,
and,dependingonequipment:
- thedisplayofalertmessagesandthe
parkingsensorsystem,
- thecontrolsforthenavigationsystemand
connectedservices.
For reasons of safety, the driver
should only carry out operations
that require close attention with the
vehicle stationary.
Somefunctionsarenotaccessible
whendriving.
General operation
Recommendations
Itisnecessarytopressfirmly,particularlyfor
"flick"gestures(scrollingthroughlists,moving
themap...).
Alightwipeisnotenough.
Thetabletdoesnotrecognisepressingwith
morethanonefinger.
Thistechnologyallowsuseatalltemperatures
andwhenwearinggloves.
Donotusepointedobjectsonthetouchscreen
tablet.
Donottouchthetabletscreenwithwethands.
Use a soft clean cloth to clean the touch screen
tablet.
Usethisbuttontogotothe
secondarypage.
Use this button to return to the
primarypage.
Use this button for access to
additionalinformationandtothe
settingsforcertainfunctions.
Usethisbuttontoconfirmandsave
thechanges.
Usethisbuttontoquit.
Principles
Usethebuttonsoneithersideofthescreen
foraccesstothemenus,thenpressthevirtual
buttonsinthetouchscreen.
Eachmenuisdisplayedoveroneortwopages
(primarypageandsecondarypage).
Afterafewmomentswithnoactionon
thesecondarypage,theprimarypage
isdisplayedautomatically.
Inveryhotconditions,thesystemmay
gointostandby(displayandsoundoff)
foraminimumperiodof5minutes.
State of indicator lamps
Somebuttonscontainanindicatorlampthat
givesthestateofthecorrespondingfunction.
Greenindicator:youhaveswitchedonthe
correspondingfunction.
Orangeindicator:youhaveswitchedoffthe
correspondingfunction.
29
1
Instruments
Navigation
(Dependingonequipment)
Enternavigationsettingsandchoose
adestination.
Telephone
Connect a telephone by Bluetooth
®
.
Touch screen tablet menus
For the Air conditioningmenu,refer
tothecorrespondingsection(heating,
manualairconditioningorautomaticair
conditioning).
For the Media, Navigation, Connected
ServicesandTelephonemenus,refer
tothe"Audioandtelematics"section.
Driving assistance
Accesstothetripcomputer.
Activate,deactivate,adjustsettings
forcertainvehiclefunctions.
Conguration
Adjusttheaudiosettings(balance,
ambience...),thecolourscheme,
thebrightnessoftheinstruments
andcontrols,thedisplay(language,
units,date,time...)andaccessthe
interactivehelpforthevehicle'smain
systemsandwarninglamps.
Connected services
(Dependingonequipment)
CITROËN MULTICITY CONNECT
Connect to an applications portal to
facilitate,makesafeandpersonalise
journeysbymeansofaconnection
keyavailableonsubscriptionfroma
CITROËNdealer.
Media
Selectanaudiosource,aradio
station,displayphotographs.
Air conditioning
Controlofthesettingsfor
temperatureandairflow.
30
Instruments
State of adjustable systems
Operating fault
In the event of a fault with one of these
systems,theindicatorlampintheactivation/
deactivationbuttonflashesforafewmoments.
Analertsymbolisdisplayedtotherightofthe
buttonsymbol,then,inthecaseofsystemsthat
areactivatedbydefault,theorangeindicator
comesonpermanently.
Everytimethebuttonispressed,theindicator
flashesforafewmoments.
Example:
● Functionnotactivated.
● Operatingfaultalert.
then
"Driving assistance" menu
Somesystemshaveadedicatedbutton,to
whichisassociatedanindicatorlamp.
Illuminationofthislampindicateswhetherthe
systemisactivatedordeactivatedcomparedto
thedefault(factory)setting.
Greenindicator:youhaveswitchedonthe
correspondingsystem.
Orangeindicator:youhaveswitchedoffthe
correspondingsystem.
31
1
Instruments
Thefunctionswithsettingsthatcanbeadjustedaredetailedinthefollowingtable.
Button Corresponding function Comments Activated Deactivated
Park Assist Activation/Deactivationofthefunction.
Stop & Start Activation/Deactivationofthefunction.
Parking sensors Activation/Deactivationofthefunction.
Speed settings Memorisationofspeedsforusewiththespeed
limiterorcruisecontrol.
Under-inflation initialisation Reinitialisationoftheunder-inflationdetection
system.
32
Instruments
Button Corresponding function Comments
Diagnostic Listofcurrentalerts,servicinginformation.
Vehicle settings Accesstootherfunctionswithsettingsthatcanbeadjusted.Thefunctionsaregrouped
togetherunderthreetabs:
- "Driving assistance"
● "Automaticrearwiperinreverse"(activation/deactivationofrearwiperlinkedtoreverse
gear).
Formoreinformationonthewipercontrolstalk,refertothecorrespondingsection.
- "Lighting"
● "Guide-me-homelighting"(activation/deactivationanddurationoftheautomaticguide-
me-homelighting).
Formoreinformationonthelightingcontrolstalk,refertothecorrespondingsection.
- "Vehicle access"
● "Unlockbootonly"(activation/deactivationofselectivebootunlocking).
Formoreinformationontheboot,refertothecorrespondingsection.
33
1
Instruments
Thefunctionsavailablethroughthismenuaredetailedinthetablebelow.
"Conguration" menu
Button Corresponding function Comments
Audio settings Adjustmentofvolume,balance...
Turn off screen Turnsoffthescreendisplayinthetouchscreentablet(blackscreen).Pressingtheblack
screenrestoresthedisplay.
Interactive help Accesstotheinteractivehandbook.
Brightness Adjustmentofthebrightnessoftheinstrumentsandcontrols.
34
Instruments
Button Corresponding function Comments
Configuration Choiceofunits:
- temperature(°Celsiusor°Fahrenheit)
- distanceandfuelconsumption(l/100km,mpgorkm/l).
Time/Date Settingthetimeanddate.
Languages Choiceoflanguageusedbythetouchscreentablet:French,English,Italian,Spanish,
German,Dutch,Portuguese,Polish,Turkish,Russian,Serb,Croat,Hungarian,Czech,
Brazilian.
Screen settings Adjustmentofthedisplaysettings(scrollingoftext,animations...).
Calculator Displaythecalculator.
Calendar Displaythecalendar.
35
1
Instruments
Tripcomputer
Systemthatgivesyouinformationonthejourneyinprogress(range,fuelconsumption…).
Information display in the touch screen tablet
F Select the "Driving assistance"
menu.
- Thecurrentfuelconsumptiontab
with:
● therange,
● thecurrentfuelconsumption,
● theStop&Starttimecounter.
- Thetrip"1"tabwith:
● theaveragefuelconsumption,
● thedistancetravelled,
● theaveragespeed,
forthefirsttrip.
- Thetrip"2"tabwith:
● theaveragefuelconsumption,
● thedistancetravelled,
● theaveragespeed,
forthesecondtrip.
Trip reset
F Whenthedesiredtripisdisplayed,press
the"Reset"buttonorontheendofthe
wipercontrolstalkuntilzerosappear.
Trips "1"and"2"areindependent.
Forexample,trip"1"canbeusedfordaily
figures,andtrip"2"formonthlyfigures.
Theinformationisaccessibleinthetouchscreentablet.
Foratemporarydisplayinanew
window,presstheendofthewiperstalk
foraccesstotheinformationandcycle
throughthedifferenttabs.
Thetripcomputerinformationisdisplayedin
theprimarypageofthemenu.
F Pressoneofthebuttonstodisplaythe
desiredtab.
36
Instruments
Trip computer, a few definitions
Range
(milesorkm)
Thedistancewhichcanstillbe
travelledwiththefuelremainingin
thetank(relatedtotheaveragefuel
consumptionoverthelastfewmiles
(kilometres)travelled).
Thisvaluemayvaryfollowingachange
inthestyleofdrivingortherelief,
resultinginasignificantchangeinthe
currentfuelconsumption.
Whentherangefallsbelow20miles(30km),
dashesaredisplayed.Afterfillingwithatleast
5litresoffuel,therangeisrecalculatedandis
displayedwhenitexceeds60miles(100km).
Ifdashesaredisplayedcontinuously
whiledrivinginplaceofthedigits,
contactaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
Thisfunctionisonlydisplayedfrom
20mph(30km/h).
Current fuel
consumption
(mpgorl/100kmorkm/l)
Calculatedoverthelastfewseconds.
Average fuel consumption
(mpgorl/100kmorkm/l)
Calculatedsincethelasttrip
computerreset.
Distance travelled
(milesorkm)
Calculatedsincethelasttrip
computerreset.
Average speed
(mphorkm/h)
Calculatedsincethelasttrip
computerreset.
Stop & Start time
counter
(minutes/secondsorhours/
minutes)
IfyourvehicleisfittedwithStop&Start,
atimecountercalculatesthetimespentin
STOPmodeduringajourney.
Itresetstozeroeverytimetheignitionis
switchedon.
37
1
Instruments
Total distance recorder
Systemwhichmeasuresthetotaldistance
travelledbythevehicleduringitslife.
Thetotaldistancerecorderisdisplayed
continuouslyintheinstrumentpanel,assoon
asthedriver'sdoorisopened,aswellaswhen
thevehicleislockedorunlocked.
Toconformtolegislationinthe
countryyouarecrossing,changethe
unitsofdistance(milesorkm)inthe
"Configuration"menuofthetouch
screentablet.
Thisoperationmustbecarriedoutwith
thevehiclestationary.
Systemwhichmeasuresadistancetravelled
(daily,forexample)sinceitwasresettozeroby
thedriver.
This function is accessible from the trip
computer in the touch screen tablet.
Trip distance recorder
F Select the "Driving assistance"
menu.
F Select the tab for trip "1" or
trip "2".
F Toresetthetriprecordertozero,press
the "Reset"buttonortheendofthewiper
controlstalkuntilzerosappear.
Distancerecorders
38
Instruments
Settingthedateandtime
F Select "Adjust time" or "Adjust date"
andmodifythesettingsusingthenumeric
keypad,thenconfirm.
F Inthesecondarypage,presson
"Time/Date".
F Select the "Configuration"
menu.
F Press "Confirm"toquit.
This function is accessible in the touch screen
tablet.
39
1
Instruments
Brightnessofinstrumentsandcontrols
Lighting dimmer
Allowsthemanualadjustmentofthebrightness
oftheinstrumentandcontrols,tosuitthe
ambientlightlevel.
F Select the "Configuration"
menu.
F Adjustthebrightnessbypressingon
the "+" or "-"buttonsorbymovingthe
cursor.
Operatesonlywhenthesidelampsareon.
Black screen
(Touch screen tablet)
This function is accessible in the touch screen
tablet.
F Select the "Configuration"
menu.
F Press "Turn off screen".
This function is accessible in the touch screen
tablet.
Thescreeninthetouchscreentabletgoesoff.
Pressthescreenagain(anywhereonitssurface)
toswitchitonagain.
40
Acc ess
Systemwhichpermitscentralunlockingorlockingofthevehicleusingthedoorlockorfromadistance.
Itisalsousedtolocateandstartthevehicle,aswellasprovidingprotectionagainsttheft.
Remotecontrolkey
Unfolding / folding the key Unlocking the vehicle
Unlocking using the key
F Turnthekeyinthedriver'sdoorlock
towardsthefrontofthevehicletounlock.
Unlocking using the remote
control
F Pressthisbuttontounlockthe
vehicle.
Unlockingisconfirmedbyrapid
flashingofthedirectionindicatorsfor
approximatelytwoseconds.
F Pressthisbuttontounfoldorfoldthekey.
Selective unlocking of the boot
F Makealongpressonthisbutton
untilthebootunlocks.Thedoors
remainlocked.
Ifselectiveunlockingofthebootis
deactivated,pressingthisbuttonalso
unlocksthedoors.
Don'tforgettolockthebootagainby
pressingtheclosedpadlockbutton.
Theactivationordeactivationofselectiveboot
unlockingissetinthetouchscreentablet.
F Select "Vehicle settings" in the
"Driving assistance"menuof
thetouchscreentablet.
Selectiveunlockingofthebootis
activatedbydefault.
Ifyoudonotpressthebutton,yourisk
damagingtheremotecontrol.
41
2
Acc ess
Ifoneofthedoorsorthebootisstill
open,thecentrallockingdoesnot
takeplace;thevehiclelocksthen
immediatelyunlocks,identifiablebythe
soundofthelocksrebounding.
Whenthevehicleislocked,ifitis
unlockedinadvertently,itwilllock
againautomaticallyafterthirtyseconds
unlessadoororthebootisopen.
Locking using the remote
control
F Pressthisbuttontolockthe
vehicle.
Locking the vehicle
Lockingisconfirmedbythefixedillumination
ofthedirectionindicatorsforapproximately
twoseconds.
Locking using the key
F Turnthekeyinthedriver'sdoorlock,
towardstherearofthevehicletolockit.
Thisfunctionallowsyoutoidentifyyourvehicle
fromadistance,especiallywhenthelightis
poor.Yourvehiclemustbelocked.
Locating your vehicle Anti-theft protection
Electronic engine immobiliser
Thekeycontainsanelectronicchipwhichhas
aspecialcode.Whentheignitionisswitched
on,thiscodemustberecognisedinorderfor
startingtobepossible.
Thiselectronicengineimmobiliserlocksthe
enginemanagementsystemafewmoments
aftertheignitionisswitchedoffandprevents
startingoftheenginebyanyonewhodoesnot
havethekey.
In the event of a fault, you are
informedbyilluminationofthis
warninglamp,anaudiblesignal
andamessageinthescreen.
F Presstheclosedpadlockonthe
remotecontrol.
Thiswillbringonthecourtesylampsand
flashingofthedirectionindicatorsfora
fewseconds.
Keepsafely,awayfromyourvehicle,thelabel
attachedtothekeysgiventoyouonacquisition
ofthevehicle.
Inthiscase,yourvehiclewillnotstart;contact
aCITROËNdealerassoonaspossible.
Checkthatthedoorsandbootarefully
closed.
42
Acc ess
Deadlocking
Using the key
F Turnthekeytotherearinthedriver'sdoor
locktolockthevehiclecompletely.
F Turnthekeytotherearagainwithinfive
secondstodeadlockthevehicle.
Using the remote control
Deadlockingrenderstheexteriorand
interiordoorcontrolsinoperative.
Italsodeactivatesthemanualcentral
controlbutton.
Therefore,neverleaveanyoneinside
thevehiclewhenitisdeadlocked.
Deadlockingisconfirmedbyfixed
lightingofthedirectionindicatorsfor
approximatelytwoseconds.
Dependingonversion,thedoormirrors
foldatthesametime.
F Presstheclosedpadlocktolock
thevehiclecompletely.
F Presstheclosedpadlockagainwithin
fivesecondstodeadlockthevehicle.
43
2
Acc ess
Iftheproblempersists,contacta
CITROËNdealerassoonaspossible.
If the battery is flat, you are
informedbyilluminationofthis
Changing the battery
Intheeventofafaultwiththeremotecontrol,
youcannolongerunlock,lockorlocate
yourvehicle.
F Firstofall,usethekeyinthelocktounlock
orlockyourvehicle.
F Then,reinitialisetheremotecontrol.
Fault with the remote
control
Reinitialisation
F Switchofftheignitionandremovethe
ignitionkey.
F Presstheclosedpadlockimmediatelyfora
fewseconds.
F Turnthekeytoposition2 (Ignition on).
F Switchofftheignitionandremovethekey
fromtheignitionswitch.
Theremotecontrolisfullyoperationalagain.
Batteryref.:CR2032/3volts.
F Unclipthecoverusingasmallscrewdriver
atthecutout.
F Liftoffthecover.
F Removetheflatbatteryfromitslocation.
F Fit the new battery into its location
observingtheoriginaldirectionoffitment.
F Clipthecoverontothecasing.
Donotthrowtheremotecontrol
batteriesaway,theycontainmetals
whichareharmfultotheenvironment.
Takethemtoanapprovedcollection
point.
warninglamp,anaudiblesignalandamessage
inthescreen.
44
Acc ess
Lost keys
GotoaCITROËNdealerwiththevehicle'sregistrationdocument,yourpersonal
identificationdocumentsandifpossiblethekeycodelabel.
TheCITROËNdealerwillbeabletolookupthekeycodeandthetranspondercode
requiredtoorderanewkey.
Remote control
Thehighfrequencyremotecontrolisasensitivesystem;donotoperateitwhileitisinyour
pocketasthereisapossibilitythatitmayunlockthevehicle,withoutyoubeingawareofit.
Donotrepeatedlypressthebuttonsofyourremotecontroloutofrangeandoutofsightof
yourvehicle.Youruntheriskofstoppingitfromworkingandtheremotecontrolwouldhave
tobereinitialised.
Noremotecontrolcanoperatewhenthekeyisintheignitionswitch,evenwhentheignition
isswitchedoff,exceptforreinitialisation.
Locking the vehicle
Drivingwiththedoorslockedmaymakeaccesstothepassengercompartmentbythe
emergencyservicesmoredifficultinanemergency.
Asasafetyprecaution,neverleavechildrenaloneinthevehicle,exceptforaveryshortperiod.
Inallcases,itisessentialtoremovethekeyfromtheignitionswitchwhenleavingthe
vehicle.
Anti-theft protection
Donotmakeanymodificationstotheelectronicengineimmobilisersystem;thiscould
causemalfunctions.
When purchasing a second-hand vehicle
HavethepairingofallofthekeysinyourpossessioncheckedbyaCITROËNdealer,
toensurethatonlyyourkeyscanbeusedtoopenandstartthevehicle.
45
2
Acc ess
Manual central locking
Centrallocking
F
Pressthisbuttontooperatethecentrallocking
ofthevehicle(doorsandboot)frominsidethe
vehicle,theindicatorlampinthebuttoncomeson.
F
Pressingthebuttonagainunlocksthevehicle
completely,theindicatorlampinthebuttongoes
off.
Automatic central
locking
(anti-intrusion security)
Thedoorsandbootcanlockautomatically
whiledriving(speedabove6mph(10km/h)).
Toactivateordeactivatethisfunction(activated
bydefault):
F Pressthisbuttonuntilanaudiblesignal
isheardandamessageappearsinthe
screen.
Ifoneofthedoorsisopen,central
lockingfromtheinsidedoesnottake
place.
Transporting long or voluminous
objects
Ifyouwanttodrivewiththebootopen,
pressthecentrallockingcontrolbutton
tolockthedoors.
Ifthevehicleisdeadlockedorlocked
fromtheoutside,thebuttonisnot
active.Ifthevehicleisnotdeadlocked,
usetheremotecontroltounlockthe
vehicleorpullaninteriordoorhandleto
openadoor.
46
Acc ess
Doors
From outside
F Afterunlockingthevehicleusingthe
remotecontrolorthekey,pullthedoor
handle.
Opening
From inside
F Pulltheinteriorcontrolleverofafrontdoor;
thisunlocksthevehiclecompletely.
Theinterioropeningcontrolonarear
doordoesnotworkifthechildlockison.
Formoreinformationonthechildlock,
refertothecorrespondingsection.
Whenadoorisnotfullyclosed:
- engine running,amessageappearsin
the screen,
- vehicle moving,amessageappearsin
thescreen,accompaniedbyanaudible
signal.
Closing
47
2
Acc ess
Secondary control
Driver's door (locking/unlocking)
Insertthekeyinthelocktolockorunlock
thedoor.
Formechanicallylockingandunlockingthe
doorsintheeventofafaultwiththecentral
lockingsystemorabatteryfailure.
Front and rear passenger doors
Locking
In the event of a fault with the central
lockingsystem,itisessentialto
disconnectthebatterytolocktheboot
andsoensurecompletelockingofthe
vehicle.
Onthereardoors,checkthatthechild
lockisnoton.
F Removetheblackcaplocatedontheedge
ofthedoor,usingthekey.
F Insertthekeyintotheaperturewithout
forcing,thenwithoutturning,movethe
latchsidewaystowardstheinsideofthe
door.
F Removethekeyandrefitthecap.
Unlocking
F Pulltheinteriordooropeningcontrollever.
48
Acc ess
Boot
Opening
F Afterunlockingtheboot(usingtheremote
control),presstheopeningcontroland
raisethetailgate.
F Lowerthetailgateusingtheinteriorgrab
handle.
Closing Boot release
Unlocking
F Foldtherearseatbackresttogainaccess
tothelockfrominsidetheboot.
F InsertasmallscrewdriverintoholeA of the
locktounlockthetailgate.
Formechanicallyunlockingthebootin
theeventofabatteryorcentrallocking
malfunction.
Ifthetailgateisnotfullyclosed:
- engine running,amessageappearsin
the screen,
- vehicle moving,amessageappearsin
thescreen,accompaniedbyanaudible
signal.
Formoreinformationontheremotecontrol,
refertothecorrespondingsection.
49
2
Acc ess
Frontelectricwindowcontrols
Theelectricwindowswitches
remainoperationalforapproximately
45secondsaftertheignitionis
switchedofforuntilafrontdoor
isopened.If,duringthisperiodof
45seconds,youopenadoorwhile
operatingawindow,thewindowstops.
Thewindowswitchwillthenonlybe
operativeaftertheignitionisswitched
onagain.
1. Frontleftelectricwindowswitch.
2. Frontrightelectricwindowswitch.
F Presstheswitchtoopenthewindow.
F Pulltheswitchtoclosethewindow.
Thewindowstopswhenyoureleasetheswitch.
Alwaysremovethekeyfromtheignition
whenleavingthevehicle,evenfora
shorttime.
Intheeventofcontactduringoperation
ofthewindows,reversethemovement
ofthewindow.Todothis,pressthe
correspondingswitch.
Whenthedriveroperatesthe
passengerelectricwindowswitch,they
shouldensurethatnooneispreventing
correctclosingofthewindow.
Thedrivershouldensurethatthe
passengerusestheelectricwindow
correctly.
Beparticularlyawareofchildrenwhen
operatingthewindows.
Reardoorwindows
Opening
Closing
F Tilttheleveroutwards.
F Pushitfullytosecurethewindowinthe
openposition.
F Pullthelevertoreleasethewindow.
F Tilttheleverfullyinwardstosecurethe
windowintheclosedposition.
Eachwindowcanbehingedopentoprovide
ventilationattherearseats.
50
Ease of use and comfort
Front seats
F Raise the control Aandslidetheseat
forwardsorbackwards.
F Pull the control Cupwardstoraisetheseat
orpushitdownwardstolowerit,asmany
timesasrequired,toobtainthedesired
position.
F TurntheknobBtoadjustthebackrest.
Forwards-backwards HeightSeat backrest angle
Adjustments
(driver only)
Asasafetymeasure,adjustmentstothedriver'sseatmustonlybedonewhenstationary.
Beforemovingtheseatbackwards,ensurethatthereisnothingthatmightpreventthefulltraveloftheseat,soastoavoidtheriskofofjamming
theseatcausedbythepresenceofobjectsonthefloorbehindtheseatorrearpassengers.Iftheseatjams,stopthemovementimmediately.
51
3
Ease of use and comfort
F Toraisetheheadrestraint,pullitupwards.
F Toremovetheheadrestraint,pressthe
lugAandpulltheheadrestraintupwards.
F Toputtheheadrestraintbackinplace,
engagetheheadrestraintstemsinthe
openingskeepingtheminlinewiththeseat
back.
F Tolowertheheadrestraint,pressthelugA
andtheheadrestraintatthesametime.
Theheadrestrainthasaframewith
notcheswhichpreventsitfromlowering;
thisisasafetydeviceincaseofimpact.
The adjustment is correct when the
upper edge of the head restraint is
level with the top of the head.
Neverdrivewiththeheadrestraints
removed;theymustbeinplaceand
adjustedcorrectly.
Head restraint height
52
Ease of use and comfort
Folding the backrest
F Movethefrontseatsforwardifnecessary.
F Positiontheseatbeltsonthebackrestand
bucklethem.
F Placetheheadrestraintsinthelow
position.
Withaone-piecefoldingbackrest:
F Press both controls 1simultaneouslyto
releasetheseatbackrest2.
F Foldtheseatbackrest2ontothecushion.
Rear seats
Benchseatwithfixedone-piececushionandfoldingone-piecebackrest,orabenchseatwithaone-piececushionand1/3-2/3splitbackreststovary
thebootloadspace.
Whenfoldingtheseat,thecentreseat
beltshouldnotbebuckledbutlaidout
flatontheseat.
Witha1/3-2/3splitfoldingbackrest:
F Pressthecorrespondingcontrol1 to
releasethebackrest2.
F Foldtheseatbackrest2ontothecushion.
Therearseatcushionremainsfixed.To
increasethebootvolume,foldtheseat
backrestontothecushion.
53
3
Ease of use and comfort
Repositioning the seat backrest
F Straightentheseatbackrest2andsecureit.
F Unfastenandreturntheseatbeltstothe
sidesofthebackrest.
Whenrepositioningthebackrest,
ensure that the seat belts are not
trappedandtheredindicator,located
nexttothecontrols1,isnolonger
visible.
Rear head restraints
Theycanberemovedandareinterchangeable
sidetoside.
Toremoveaheadrestraint:
F Pulltheheadrestraintupwardstothestop.
F Then,pressthelugA.
Neverdrivewiththeheadrestraints
removed;theymustbeinplaceand
adjustedtothenormalposition(up).
Thesehaveonepositionforuse(up)anda
stowedposition(down).
Torefitaheadrestraint:
F Engagetheheadrestraintrodsinthe
apertures,keepingtheheadrestraintinline
withtheseatbackrest.
Toloweraheadrestraint:
F Pressdownontheheadrestraintandon
lugAatthesametime.
54
Ease of use and comfort
Mirrors
Eachfittedwithanadjustablemirrorglass
providingthelateralrearwardvisionnecessary
forovertakingorparking.Theycanalsobe
foldedforparkinginconfinedspaces.
Door mirrors
Demisting - Defrosting
F Move control Atotherightortotheleftto
selectthecorrespondingmirror.
F Movecontrolinallfourdirectionstoadjust.
F Returncontroltothecentralposition.
Demisting-defrostingofthedoor
mirrorsoperateswiththeengine
running,byswitchingontheheated
rearscreen.
Electric adjustment
Theobjectsobservedare,inreality,
closerthantheyappear.
Takethisintoaccountinorderto
correctlyjudgethedistanceofvehicles
approachingfrombehind.
Manual folding
Youcanfoldthemirrorsmanually(tightparking
space,narrowgarage...).
F Turnthemirrortowardsthevehicle.
Asasafetymeasure,themirrorsshould
beadjustedtoreducethe"blindspots".
Formoreinformationondemistingand
defrostingtherearscreen,refertothe
correspondingsection.
55
3
Ease of use and comfort
Rear view mirror
Equippedwithananti-dazzlesystem,which
darkensthemirrorglassandreducesthe
nuisancetothedrivercausedbythesun,
headlampsfromothervehicles...
Adjustment
F Adjustthemirrorsothattheglassis
directedcorrectlyinthe"day"position.
Day / night position
F Pullthelevertochangetothe"night"anti-
dazzleposition.
F Pushthelevertochangetothenormal
"day"position.
Steeringwheeladjustment
F When stationary, lower the control lever A
toreleasethesteeringwheeladjustment
mechanism.
F Adjusttheheightofthesteeringwheelto
suityourdrivingposition.
F Raise the control lever Atolockthe
steeringwheeladjustmentmechanism.
As a safety precaution, these
operationsshouldonlybecarriedout
whilethevehicleisstationary.
Correct driving position
Beforetakingtotheroadandtomakethemost
oftheergonomicsofyourdrivingposition,carry
outtheseadjustmentsinthefollowingorder:
- heightoftheheadrestraint,
- backrestangle,
- cushionheight,
- longitudinalpositionoftheseat,
- heightofthesteeringwheel,
- theinterioranddoormirrors.
Oncetheseadjustmentshavebeenmade,
ensurethatfromyourdrivingpositionyou
canseetheinstrumentpanelclearly.
56
Ease of use and comfort
Ventilation
Air intake
Theaircirculatinginthepassenger
compartmentisfilteredandoriginateseither
fromtheoutsideviathegrillelocatedatthe
baseofthewindscreenorfromtheinsideinair
recirculationmode.
Air treatment
Theincomingairfollowsvariousroutes
dependingonthecontrolsselectedbythe
driver:
- directarrivalinthepassenger
compartment(airintake),
- passagethroughaheatingcircuit(heating),
- passagethroughacoolingcircuit(air
conditioning).
Control panel
1. Windscreendemisting-defrostingvents.
2. Frontsidewindowdemisting/defrosting
vents.
3. Adjustablesideairvent(driveronly).
4. Centraladjustableairvents.
5. Airoutletsforthefrontfootwells.
6. Airoutletsfortherearfootwells.
Air distribution
Thecontrolsofthissystemare
accessible in the "Air conditioning"
menuofthetouchscreentabletA.
Thedemisting/defrostingcontrolsforthe
windscreenandrearscreenarelocatedbelow
thetouchscreentablet.
57
3
Ease of use and comfort
Inorderforthesesystemstobefullyeffective,followtheoperationandmaintenance
guidelinesbelow:
F Toobtainanevenairdistribution,takecarenottoobstructtheexteriorairintakegrilles
locatedatthebaseofthewindscreen,thenozzles,theventsandtheairoutlets,aswell
astheairextractorlocatedintheboot.
F Donotcoverthesunshinesensor,locatedonthedashboard;thisisusedforregulation
oftheairconditioningsystem.
F Operatetheairconditioningsystemforatleast5to10minutes,onceortwiceamonth
tokeepitinperfectworkingorder.
F Ensurethatthepassengercompartmentfilterisingoodconditionandhavethefilter
elementsreplacedregularly.
 Werecommendtheuseofacombinedpassengercompartmentfilter.Thankstoits
specialactiveadditive,itcontributestothepurificationoftheairbreathedbythe
occupantsandthecleanlinessofthepassengercompartment(reductionofallergic
symptoms,badodoursandgreasydeposits).
F Toensurecorrectoperationoftheairconditioningsystem,youarealsoadvisedtohave
itcheckedregularlyasrecommendedinthemaintenanceandwarrantyguide.
F Ifthesystemdoesnotproducecoldair,switchitoffandcontactaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
Recommendationsforventilationandairconditioning
Ifafteranextendedstopinsunshine,
theinteriortemperatureisveryhigh,first
ventilatethepassengercompartmentfor
afewmoments.
Puttheairflowcontrolatasettinghigh
enoughtoquicklychangetheairinthe
passengercompartment.
Theairconditioningsystemdoesnot
containchlorineanddoesnotpresent
anydangertotheozonelayer.
Thecondensationcreatedbytheair
conditioningresultsinadischarge
ofwaterunderthevehiclewhichis
perfectlynormal.
Whentowingthemaximumloadonasteepgradientinhightemperatures,switchingoffthe
airconditioningincreasestheavailableenginepowerandsoimprovesthetowingability.
Stop & Start
Theheatingandairconditioning
systemsonlyworkwhentheengineis
running.
Tomaintainacomfortabletemperature
inthepassengercompartment,youcan
temporarilydeactivatetheStop&Start
system.
FormoreinformationonStop&Start,
refertothecorrespondingsection.
58
Ease of use and comfort
Heating
Temperature adjustment
F Press one of these buttons
ormovethecursorfromblue
(cold)tored(hot)toadjustthe
temperaturetoyourliking.
Air flow adjustment
F Press one of these buttons to
increaseordecreasetheairflow
fromthesystem.
Avoiddrivingfortoolongwithout
ventilation(riskofmistingand
deteriorationofairquality).
Theheatingsystemworksonlywhentheengineisrunning.
Thesymbolforairflow(afan)fillsprogressively
accordingtotheairflowsettingmade.
Byreducingtheairflowtotheminimum,you
arestoppingventilationofthepassenger
compartment.
F Select the "Air conditioning"
menuinthetouchscreentablet
todisplaythecontrolspagefor
thesystem.
59
3
Ease of use and comfort
Air distribution adjustment
Theintakeofexteriorairpreventsand
eliminatesmistingofthewindscreenandside
windows.
Therecirculationofinteriorairpreventsexterior
odoursandsmokeenteringthepassenger
compartment.
Windscreen.
Centralandsidevents.
Footwells.
Eachpressofabuttonactivatesordeactivates
thefunction.
Air intake / Air recirculation
F Press this button to recirculate
theinteriorair.
F Pressthisbuttonagaintoallowtheintake
ofexteriorair.
Thisfunctioncanalsobeused
temporarilytospeeduptheheatingof
theairinthepassengercompartment.
Avoidtheprolongeduseofrecirculation
oftheinteriorair(riskofmistingand
deteriorationofairquality).
Youcanvarytheairdistributioninthepassenger
compartmentusingthesethreebuttons.
Foranevendistributionofairinthe
passengercompartment,thethree
buttonscanbeactivatedsimultaneously.
60
Ease of use and comfort
Manualairconditioning
Temperature adjustment
F Press one of these buttons
ormovethecursorfromblue
(cold)tored(hot)toadjustthe
temperaturetoyourliking.
Themanualairconditioningsystemoperateswiththeenginerunning.
Air flow adjustment
F Press one of these buttons to
increaseordecreasetheairflow.
Thesymbolforairflow(afan)fillsprogressively
accordingtotheairflowsettingmade.
Byreducingtheairflowtominimum,youare
stoppingventilation.
Avoiddrivingtoolongwithoutventilation
(riskofmistinganddeteriorationofair
quality).
F Select the "Air conditioning"
menuinthetouchscreentablet
todisplaythecontrolspagefor
thesystem.
61
3
Ease of use and comfort
Fresh air intake / Air
recirculation
Theintakeoffreshairavoidsandeliminates
mistingofthewindscreenandsidewindows.
Recirculation of the interior air isolates the
passengercompartmentfromexteriorodours
andfumes.
F Press this button to recirculate
theinteriorair.
Theairconditioningisdesignedtooperate
effectivelyinallseasons,withthewindowsclosed.
Itenablesyouto:
Air conditioning On / Off
Switching on
Switching off
Theairconditioningdoesnotoperate
whentheairflowadjustmentisset
tooff.
F Press this button to switch on the
airconditioning.
Avoidtheprolongeduseofinterior
airrecirculation(riskofmistingand
deteriorationofairquality).
Thisfunctioncanalsobeused
temporarilytospeeduptheheatingor
coolingofthepassengercompartment.
- lowerthetemperature,insummer,
- increasetheeffectivenessofthedemisting
inwinter,above3°C.
F Pressthisbuttonagaintoswitch
offtheairconditioning.
Air distribution adjustment
Youcanvarythedistributionofairinthe
passengercompartmentusingthesethree
buttons.
Windscreen.
Eachpressonabuttonactivatesordeactivates
thefunction.
Footwells.
Centralandsidevents.
F Pressthisbuttonagaintoallowtheintake
ofexteriorair.
Forauniformdistributionofairinthe
passengercompartment,thethree
buttonscanbeactivatedsimultaneously.
62
Ease of use and comfort
Automaticairconditioning
Operationoftheairconditioningandregulation
oftemperature,airflowandairdistributionin
thepassengercompartmentareautomatic.
Temperature adjustment
F Press this button to increase the
value.
F Pressthisbuttontodecreasethe
value.
F Select the "Air conditioning"
menuinthetouchscreentablet
todisplaythecontrolspagefor
thesystem.
Theairconditioningsystemoperates
automatically:thesystemmanagesthe
temperature,airflowandairdistributionin
thepassengercompartmentinanoptimum
wayaccordingtothecomfortlevelyouhave
selected.
F Press the "AUTO" button
toactivateordeactivatethe
automaticmodeoftheair
conditioningsystem.
Automatic comfort
programme
Activation / Deactivation
Theairconditioningsystemoperateswiththeenginerunning,buttheventilationanditscontrolsareavailablewiththeignitionon.
Thevalueindicatedcorrespondstoa
levelofcomfortandnottoaprecise
temperature.
63
3
Ease of use and comfort
Incoldweatherwiththeenginecold,
theairflowisincreasedgraduallyuntil
thesystemhaswarmedup,inorder
tolimitthedeliveryofcoldairintothe
passengercompartment.
Onenteringthevehicle,iftheinterior
temperatureismuchcolderorwarmer
thanthecomfortvaluesetting,there
isnoneedtoalterthevaluedisplayed
inordertoreachmorequicklythe
requiredlevelofcomfort.Thesystem
compensatesautomaticallyand
correctsthetemperaturedifferenceas
quicklyaspossible.
ThissettingisassociatedwithAUTOmode
only.However,ondeactivationofAUTOmode,
thelastsettingusedremainson.
ChangingthesettingdoesnotreactivateAUTO
modeifdeactivated.
Tochangethecurrentsetting,pressthebutton
forthedesiredmode:
"Soft":providessoftandquiet
operationbylimitingairflow.
"Normal":offersthebest
compromisebetweenacomfortable
temperatureandquietoperation
(defaultsetting).
"Fast":providesstrongandeffective
airflow.
Automatic programme mode
setting
F Gotothesecondarypageby
pressingthisbuttontovarythe
automaticcomfortprogramme,
choosingoneofthemodes
offered.
64
Ease of use and comfort
Youcanvarythedistributionofairinthepassenger
compartmentusingthesethreebuttons.
Air ow adjustment
Avoiddrivingfortoolongwiththe
ventilationoff(riskofmistingand
deteriorationofairquality).
Air distribution adjustment
F Press one of these buttons to
increaseordecreasetheairflow.
Thesymbolforairflow(afan)fillsprogressively
accordingtotheairflowsettingmade.
Byreducingtheairflowtominimum,youare
stoppingventilation.
"OFF"isdisplayedalongsidethefan.
Windscreen.
Centralandsidevents.
Footwells.
Eachpressonabuttonactivatesordeactivates
thefunction.
Resuming manual control
Youcanmanuallyadjusttheairflowand
distribution.
F Press the "AUTO" button to
activatetheautomaticcomfort
programmeagain.
Assoonasyoumodifyasetting,theautomatic
comfortprogrammeisdeactivated.
Forauniformdistributioninthe
passengercompartment,allthree
buttonscanbeactivatedsimultaneously.
65
3
Ease of use and comfort
Avoidtheprolongeduseofinterior
airrecirculation(riskofmistingand
deteriorationofairquality).
Itallowsyou:
- insummer,tolowerthetemperature,
- inwinter,above3°C,toimprovedemisting.
F Pressthisbuttonagaintoswitch
offtheairconditioning.
F Press this button to switch on the
airconditioning.
Air conditioning On/Off
Theairconditioningisdesignedtooperate
efficientlyinallseasons,withthewindowsclosed.
Theintakeofexteriorairavoidsandeliminates
mistingofthewindscreenandsidewindows.
Air intake/Air recirculation
Therecirculationofinteriorairpreventsexterior
odoursandsmokefromenteringthepassenger
compartment.
F Press this button to recirculate
theinteriorair.
F Pressthisbuttonagaintoallow
theintakeofexteriorair.
Theairconditioningcannotoperate
whentheairflowissettooff.
Thisfunctionalsoallowsfasterheating
orcoolingoftheairinthepassenger
compartment.
Ventilation with "ignition on"
function
Withtheignitionon,youcanusetheventilation
systemandaccessthe"Air conditioning"
menutoadjusttheair flowandair
distributioninthepassengercompartment.
Thisfunctionisavailableforafewminutes,
dependingonthestateofchargeofthebattery
ofyourvehicle.
Thisfunctiondoesnotactivatetheair
conditioning.
Youcanmakeuseoftheresidualheatinthe
enginetowarmthepassengercompartment
usingthetemperaturesettingbuttons.
Switching on
Switching off
66
Ease of use and comfort
Frontdemist-Defrost
Switching on
WithStop&Start,whendemistinghas
beenactivated,theSTOPmodeisnot
available.
F Pressthisbuttontodemistor
defrostthewindscreenandside
windowsasquicklyaspossible.
Theindicatorlampinthebutton
comeson.
Thesystemautomaticallymanagestheair
conditioning(dependingonversion),air
flowandairintake,andprovidesoptimum
distributiontowardsthewindscreenandside
windows.
Switching off
F Toswitchoffdemisting,press
thisbuttonagain,theindicator
lampgoesoff.
67
3
Ease of use and comfort
Rearscreendemist-Defrost
Switching on
Switching off
F Pressthisbuttontodemist/
defrosttherearscreenand
(dependingonversion)thedoor
mirrors.Theindicatorlampinthe
buttoncomeson.
Thedemisting/defrostingswitchesoffautomatically
topreventanexcessiveconsumptionofcurrent.
Therearscreendemist-defrost
canonlyoperatewhentheengineis
running.
Switchofftheheatingoftherearscreen
anddoormirrorsassoonasyoujudgeit
possible,asreducingtheconsumption
ofelectricalcurrentreducesfuel
consumption.
F It is possible to stop the
demisting/defrostingoperation
beforeitisswitchedoff
automaticallybypressingthis
buttonagain.Theindicatorlamp
inthebuttongoesoff.
68
Ease of use and comfort
Courtesylamp
1. Courtesylamp
2. Mapreadinglamps
F Withtheignitionon,pressthe
correspondingswitch.
Map reading lamps
Withthe"permanentlighting"mode,
thelightingtimevariesaccordingtothe
circumstances:
- withtheignitionoff,approximately
tenminutes,
- inenergyeconomymode,
approximatelythirtyseconds,
- withtheenginerunning,unlimited.
Inthisposition,thecourtesylamp
comesongradually:
Permanentlyoff.
Permanentlighting.
- whenthevehicleisunlocked,
- whenthekeyisremovedfromtheignition,
- whenopeningadoor,
- whentheremotecontrollockingbuttonis
pressed,inordertolocateyourvehicle.
Takecaretoavoidleavinganythingin
contactwiththecourtesylamp.
Courtesy lamp
Itswitchesoffgradually:
- whenthevehicleislocked,
- whentheignitionisswitchedon,
- 30secondsafterthelastdoorisclosed.
69
3
Ease of use and comfort
Thiscomesonautomaticallywhenthebootis
openedandswitchesoffautomaticallywhen
thebootisclosed.
Differentlightingtimesareprovided:
- whentheignitionisoff,approximately
tenminutes,
- inenergyeconomymode,approximately
thirtyseconds,
- whentheengineisrunning,nolimit.
Bootlamp Panoramicsunroof
Thisglazedroofprovidesincreasedvisibility
andlightinthepassengercompartment,while
maintainingnormaltemperaturesthankstoits
"highthermalprotection"coating.
Advice on care
Inordertopreservethepropertiesofthe
glazedroof,werecommendwipingorcleaning
theinnerglassusingaclean,softanddry
cloth.
Forstubbornstains,theglassshouldbe
cleanedusingscreenwashfluid,rinsedwith
cleanwater,thendriedwithaclean,softcloth.
Do not use soapy water, abrasive
products,detergents(particularlythose
withanammoniabase),solvents,
solutionswithahighconcentrationof
alcohol,petrol,...
70
Ease of use and comfort
Interiorttingswithamanualgearbox
1. Sun visor.
2. Glove box.
Ithousesanauxiliarysocket.
3. 12 V accessory socket (max. 120 W).
4. USB port.
5. Open storage.
6. Cup holder.
7. Front armrest with storage.
(dependingonversion).
8. Front door pockets.
9. Mat.
71
3
Ease of use and comfort
Interiorttingswithanelectronicgearbox
1. Sun visor.
2. Glove box.
Ithousesanauxiliarysocket.
3. 12 V accessory socket (max. 120 W).
4. USB port.
5. Open storage.
6. Cup holder.
7. Front armrest.
8. Front door pockets.
9. Mat.
72
Ease of use and comfort
Glove boxSun visor
Thedriver'ssunvisorisfittedwithavanity
mirror,withconcealingflapandadocument
(orticket)holder.
Itcanbeusedtoholdawaterbottle,the
vehicle'shandbookpack...
F Toconnecta12Vaccessory(maximum
power:120Watts),liftthecoverand
connectasuitableadaptor.
12 V accessory socket
F Toopentheglovebox,raisethelid.
Donotexceedthemaximumpower
ratingofthesocket(riskofdamageto
yourdevice).
Ithousesanauxiliarysocketandthe
passenger'sfrontairbagdeactivation
switch.
Donotattachorstickanythingtothe
passenger'ssunvisor;thiscouldcause
injuriesifthefrontairbag(fittedinthe
roof)isdeployed.
Theconnectionofanelectricaldevice
notapprovedbyCITROËN,suchasa
USBcharger,mayadverselyaffectthe
operationofvehicleelectricalsystems,
causingfaultssuchaspoortelephone
receptionorinterferencewithdisplays
inthescreens.
73
3
Ease of use and comfort
Auxiliary socketUSB port
WhentheUSBportisused,the
portabledevicechargesautomatically.
Formoreinformationontheuseof
thisequipment,refertothe"Audioand
telematics"section.
Formoreinformationonusingthis
equipment,refertothe"Audioand
telematics"section.
Itpermitstheconnectionofaportabledevice
tolistentoyourmusicfilesviathevehicle's
speakers.
Themanagementofthefilesisdoneusingyour
portabledevice.
Itallowstheconnectionofaportabledeviceor
aUSBmemorystick.
Itreadstheaudiofileswhicharesenttoyour
audiosystemandplayedviathevehicle's
speakers.
Youcanmanagethesefilesusingthesteering
mountedoraudiosystemcontrols.
Amessageisdisplayedifthepower
drawnbytheportabledeviceexceeds
thecurrentsuppliedbythevehicle.
74
Ease of use and comfort
Coat hooks
Theyarelocatedaboveeachreardoor.
Electronic gearbox
Thearmrestcanbeinclinedforwardsto
benefitfromitscomfortorfoldedcompletely
backwards.
Front armrest
Manual gearbox
(depending on equipment)
Thesestoragespacescanbeusedto
houseportabledevices(mobilephone,
MP3player...)whichcanbeconnected
totheUSBport/auxiliarysocketor
chargedfromthe12Vsocketinthe
centreconsole.
F Foraccesstotheclosedstoragebox,lift
thelevertoopenthelid.
F Foraccesstotheopenstorageboxbelow
thearmrest,liftthecompletearmrest
towardstherear.
75
3
Ease of use and comfort
Mats
Fitting
Whenfittingthematforthefirsttime,onthe
driver'ssideuseonlythefixingsprovided.
Theothermatsaresimplyplacedonthe
carpet.
Removal
Toremovethematonthedriver'sside:
F movetheseatasfarbackaspossible,
F unclipthefixings,
F removethemat.
Toavoidanyriskofjammingofthe
pedals:
- onlyusematswhicharesuitedto
thefixingsalreadypresentinthe
vehicle;thesefixingsmustbeused,
- neverfitonematontopofanother.
Theuseofmatsnotapprovedby
CITROËNmayinterferewithaccessto
thepedalsandhindertheoperationof
thecruisecontrol/speedlimiter.
ThematsapprovedbyCITROËNhave
twofixingslocatedbelowtheseat.
Retting
Torefitthematonthedriver'sside:
F positionthematcorrectly,
F refitthefixingsbypressing,
F checkthatthematissecuredcorrectly.
76
Ease of use and comfort
Bootttings
1. Rearparcelshelf.
2. Hook.
3. Storagebox.
4. Storagenet(accessory).
5. Storagenetfixingrings.
Thestoragenetfixingringsarenot
intendedtosecureloadsorrestrain
baggage.
77
3
Ease of use and comfort
Toremovetheshelf:
F unhookthetwocords,
F raisetheshelfslightly,thenremoveit.
Rear parcel shelf
Thereareseveraloptionsforstoringtheshelf:
- eitheruprightbehindthefrontseats,
- orflatatthebaseoftheboot.
Itcanbeusedtosecureshoppingbags.
HookStorage box
Forversionswithstoragebox:itmust
beinplacebeforeloadingtheboot.
F Removethebootcarpetforaccesstothe
storagebox.
Dependingontheconfiguration,itislaidoutfor
storing:
- atowingeye,
- atemporarypuncturerepairkit,
- awarningtriangle,
- ...
78
Ease of use and comfort
Rear parcel shelf (enterprise version)
This conceals the interior of the vehicle in
combinationwiththeexistingshelf.
Donotplaceobjectsabovetheload
stop.
Donotplacehardorheavyobjectson
therearparcelshelf.
Theycouldbecomedangerous
projectilesintheeventofsudden
brakingoracollision.
79
4
Lighting and visibility
Lightingcontrol
Main lighting
Thevariousfrontandrearlampsofthevehicle
aredesignedtoadaptthedriver'svisibility
progressivelyaccordingtotheclimatic
conditions:
- sidelamps,tobeseen,
- dippedbeamheadlampstoseewithout
dazzlingotherdrivers,
- mainbeamheadlampstoseeclearlywhen
theroadisclear.
Additional lighting
Otherlampsareprovidedtomeetthe
requirementsofparticulardrivingconditions:
- arearfoglamp,
- frontfoglampswithcorneringlighting,
- daytimerunninglampstobemorevisible
duringtheday,
- guide-me-homelightingtofacilitateyour
exitfromthevehicle,
- parkinglampsasvehiclepositionmarkers.
Intheeventofthefailureofoneormore
bulbs,amessageadvisesyoutocheck
thelamp(s)inquestion.
Travelling abroad
Thedesignofthedippedbeam
headlampsallows,withoutmodification,
drivinginacountrythatdrivesonthe
othersideoftheroadtothecountryin
whichyourvehiclewassold.
80
Lighting and visibility
Model without AUTO lighting
Model with AUTO lighting
Selection ring for main lighting
mode
Turntheringtopositionthesymbolrequired
facingthemark.
Lightingoff/Daytimerunninglamps.
Automaticilluminationofheadlamps.
Sidelampsonly.
Dippedormainbeamheadlamps.
Dipping the headlamps
Pullthestalktoswitchthelightingbetween
dipped/mainbeamheadlamps.
Inthelightingoffandsidelampsmodes,the
drivercanswitchonthemainbeamheadlamps
temporarily("headlampflash")bymaintaininga
pullonthestalk.
Display
Illuminationofthecorrespondingindicatorlamp
intheinstrumentpanelconfirmsthelighting
switchedon.
81
4
Lighting and visibility
Foglamp selection ring
Thefoglampsoperatewithdippedandmainbeamheadlamps.
Front foglamps and rear
foglamp
Whentheheadlampsswitchoffwithautomatic
illuminationofheadlamps(AUTOmodel)
orwhenthedippedbeamheadlampsare
switchedoffmanually,thefoglampsand
sidelampsremainon.
F Turntheringrearwardstoswitchoff
thefoglamps,thesidelampswillthen
switchoff.
Rear foglamp only
F Toswitchiton,turntheringforwards.
Whenthelightingisswitchedoffautomatically
(withAUTOmodel),thefoglampandthedipped
beamheadlampswillremainon.
F Toswitchitoff,turntheringrearwards.
Rotateandreleasethering:
F forwardsafirsttimetoswitchonthefront
foglamps,
F forwardsasecondtimetoswitchonthe
rearfoglamp,
F rearwardsafirsttimetoswitchofftherear
foglamp,
F rearwardsasecondtimetoswitchofthe
frontfoglamps.
82
Lighting and visibility
Ingoodorrainyweather,bothday
andnight,thefrontfoglampsandthe
rearfoglampareprohibited.Inthese
situations,thepoweroftheirbeams
maydazzleotherdrivers.Theyshould
onlybeusedinfogorsnow.
Intheseweatherconditions,itisyour
responsibilitytoswitchonthefoglamps
anddippedbeamheadlampsmanually
asthesunshinesensormaydetect
sufficientlight.
Donotforgettoswitchoffthefront
foglampsandtherearfoglampwhen
theyarenolongernecessary.
Switching off the lamps when
the ignition is switched off
Onswitchingofftheignition,allofthe
lampsturnoffimmediately,exceptfor
dippedbeamifguide-me-homelighting
isactivated.
Switching on the lamps
after the ignition is
switched off
Toreactivatethelightingcontrol,rotate
theringtothe"0"position-lampsoff,
thentothedesiredposition.
Onopeningthedriver'sdoora
temporaryaudiblesignalwarnsthe
driverthatthelightingison.
Thelamps,withtheexceptionofthe
sidelamps,switchoffautomaticallyafter
amaximumdurationofthirtyminutesto
preventdischargingofthebattery.
Directionindicators
F Left:lowerthelightingstalkpassingthe
pointofresistance.
F Right:raisethelightingstalkpassingthe
pointofresistance.
Three ashes of the direction
indicators
F Pressbrieflyupwardsordownwards,
withoutgoingbeyondthepointof
resistance;thedirectionindicatorswill
flash3times.
83
4
Lighting and visibility
Automatic illumination
of headlamps
Activation
F Turntheringtothe"AUTO"position.The
activationofthefunctionisaccompanied
bythedisplayofamessage.
Whenalowlevelofambientlightisdetected
byasunshinesensor,thenumberplate
lamps,sidelampsanddippedbeamheadlamps
areswitchedonautomatically,withoutany
actiononthepartofthedriver.Theycanalso
comeonifrainisdetected,atthesametimeas
automaticoperationofthewindscreenwipers.
Assoonasthebrightnessreturnstoa
sufficientlevelorafterthewindscreenwipers
areswitchedoff,thelampsareswitchedoff
automatically.
Deactivation
F Turntheringtoanotherposition.
Deactivation of the function is
accompaniedbythedisplayofamessage.
Operating fault
Intheeventofamalfunctionofthe
sunshinesensor,thelightingcomes
on,thiswarninglampisdisplayed
Infogorsnow,thesunshinesensor
maydetectsufficientlight.Inthis
case,thelightingwillnotcomeon
automatically.
Do not cover the sunshine sensor,
coupledwiththerainsensorand
locatedinthecentreofthewindscreen
behindtherearviewmirror;the
associatedfunctionswouldnolonger
becontrolled.
ContactaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshop.
intheinstrumentpanelaccompaniedbyan
audiblesignaland/oramessage.
84
Lighting and visibility
Parking lamps
Sidemarkersforthevehiclebyilluminationof
thesidelampsonthetrafficsideonly.
F Dependingonversion,withinoneminute
ofswitchingofftheignition,operatethe
lightingcontrolstalkupordowndepending
onthetrafficside(forexample:when
parkingontheleft;lightingcontrolstalk
upwards;therighthandsidelampsareon).
Thisisconfirmedbyanaudiblesignaland
illuminationofthecorrespondingdirection
indicatorwarninglampintheinstrumentpanel.
Toswitchofftheparkinglamps,returnthe
lightingcontrolstalktothecentralposition.
Daytime running lamps / Sidelamps
(LEDs)
Thelight-emittingdiodes(LEDs)comeon
automaticallywhentheengineisstarted.
Insomeweatherconditions(e.g.low
temperatureorhumidity),thepresence
ofmistingontheinternalsurfaceofthe
glassoftheheadlampsandrearlamps
isnormal;itdisappearsafterthelamps
havebeenonforafewminutes.
Theyprovidethefollowingfunctions:
- Daytimerunninglamps(lightingcontrol
stalkinposition"0" or "AUTO" with
adequatelightlevel).
- Sidelamps(lightingcontrolstalkin
position "AUTO"withlowlightlevelor
"Sidelampsonly"or"Mainordippedbeam
headlamps").
TheLEDsarebrighterwhenoperating
asdaytimerunninglamps.
85
4
Lighting and visibility
Switching on
F Withtheignitionoff,"flash"theheadlamps
usingthelightingstalk.
F Afurther"headlampflash"switchesthe
functionoff.
Switching off
Themanualguide-me-homelightingswitches
offautomaticallyafterasettime.
Thetemporaryilluminationofthedippedbeam
headlampsafterthevehicle'signitionhasbeen
switchedoffmakesthedriver'sexiteasier
whenthelightispoor.
Guide-me-home
lighting
Automatic
Whentheautomaticilluminationofheadlamps
isactivated,iftheambientlightlevelis
low,thedippedbeamheadlampscomeon
automaticallywhenswitchingofftheignition.
Activationordeactivationofthesystem,aswell
astheperiodfortheguide-me-homelightingis
setinthetouchscreentablet.
F Select the "Driving assistance"
menu,then"Vehicle settings".
Manual
Headlampbeam
heightadjustment
Toavoidcausinganuisancetootherroadusers,
theheightoftheheadlampbeamsshouldbe
adjustedaccordingtotheloadinthevehicle.
Theinitialsettingisposition"0".
0. Driver only
ordriver+frontpassenger.
-. Driver+frontpassenger+rear
passengers.
1. Driver+frontpassenger+rearpassengers+
loadintheboot.
-. Driver+frontpassenger+rearpassengers+
loadintheboot.
2. Driveronly+maximumauthorisedloadin
theboot.
Thispositionissufficienttoavoidcausingdazzle.
Highersettingsmaylimitthespreadoflightfrom
theheadlamps.
86
Lighting and visibility
Corneringlighting
Withdippedormainbeams,thissystem
makesuseofthebeamfromafront
foglamptoilluminatetheinsideofabend,
whenthevehiclespeedisbelow25mph
(approximately40km/h)(urbandriving,winding
road,intersections,parkingmanoeuvres...).
With corneringlighting
Without corneringlighting
Switching on
Thissystemstarts:
- whenthecorrespondingdirectionindicator
isswitchedon,
or
- fromacertainangleofrotationofthe
steeringwheel.
Switching off
Thesystemdoesnotoperate:
- belowacertainangleofrotationofthe
steeringwheel,
- above25mph(40km/h),
- whenreversegearisengaged.
87
4
Lighting and visibility
Wipercontrolstalk
Manual controls
Thewipersarecontrolleddirectlybythedriver.
Model with AUTO wiping
Model with manual wiping
Windscreen wipers
Wipingspeedcontrolstalk:raiseorlowerthe
stalktothedesiredposition.
Fastwipe(heavyrain).
Normalwipe(moderaterain).
Intermittentwipe(proportionaltothe
speedofthevehicle).
Park.
Singlewipe(pressdownwardsorpull
thestalkbrieflytowardsyou,then
release).
or
Automaticwiping(pressdown,
thenrelease)orsinglewipe(pull
thestalkbrieflytowardsyou).
Donotoperatethewipersonadry
windscreen.Underextremelyhotor
coldconditions,ensurethatthewiper
bladesarenotstucktothewindscreen
beforeoperatingthewipers.
Inwintryconditions,removesnow,ice
orfrostpresentonthewindscreen,
aroundthewiperarmsandbladesand
thewindscreenseal,beforeoperating
thewipers.
88
Lighting and visibility
Rear wiper
Park.
Intermittentwipe.
Wash-wipe(setduration).
Rearwiperselectionring:
Reverse gear
Whenreversegearisengaged,therearwiper
willcomeintooperationautomaticallyifthe
windscreenwipersareoperating.
Activationordeactivationofthisautomatic
functioncanbesetinthetouchscreentablet.
Windscreen wash
Pullthewiperstalktowardsyou.
Thewindscreenwash,thenthewindscreen
wipers,operateforapre-determinedtime.
Yourvehicleisfittedwithaninnovative
windscreenwashsystem.
Thescreenwashfluidissprayedall
alongthelengthofthewiperblade,so
avoidingimpairmentofthedriver'sview
orthatofthepassengers.
F Select the "Driving assistance"
menu,then"Vehicle settings".
Thisfunctionisactivatedbydefault.
Ifasignificantaccumulationofsnowor
iceispresent,orwhenusingabicycle
carrierontheboot,deactivatethe
automaticrearwiper.
89
4
Lighting and visibility
Donotcovertherainsensor,linkedwith
thesunshinesensorandlocatedinthe
centreofthewindscreenbehindtherear
viewmirror.
Switchofftheautomaticrainsensitive
wiperswhenusinganautomaticcarwash.
Inwinter,itisadvisabletowaituntil
thewindscreeniscompletelyclearof
icebeforeactivatingtheautomaticrain
sensitivewipers.
Operating fault
Ifafaultoccurswiththeautomaticrain
sensitive wipers, the wipers will operate in
intermittentmode.
HaveitcheckedbyCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
Thewindscreenwipersoperateautomatically,
withoutanyactiononthepartofthedriver,if
rainisdetected(sensorbehindtherearview
mirror),adaptingtheirspeedtotheintensityof
therainfall.
Switching on
Switching off
Theautomaticrainsensitivewindscreen
wipersmustbereactivatedbypushing
thecontrolstalkdownwards,ifthe
ignitionhasbeenoffformorethan
oneminute.
Brieflypushthecontrolstalk
downwards.
Awipingcycleconfirmsthatthe
instructionhasbeenaccepted.
Thiswarninglampcomesoninthe
instrumentpanelandamessageis
displayed.
Brieflypushthecontrolstalk
downwardsagain,orplacethecontrol
stalkinanotherposition(Int,1or2).
Automatic rain sensitive
windscreen wipers
Thiswarninglampgoesoffintheinstrument
panelandamessageisdisplayed.
90
Lighting and visibility
Special position of the
windscreen wipers
Tomaintaintheeffectivenessoftheflat
wiperblades,itisadvisableto:
- handlethemwithcare,
- cleanthemregularlyusingsoapy
water,
- avoidusingthemtoretain
cardboardonthewindscreen,
- replacethematthefirstsignsof
wear.
Thispositionpermitsreleaseofthewindscreen
wiperblades.
Itisusedforcleaningorreplacementofthe
wiperblades.Itcanalsobeuseful,inwinter,to
releasethewiperbladesfromthewindscreen.
F Anyactiononthewiperstalkwithin
oneminuteafterswitchingofftheignition,
placesthewiperbladesverticallyonthe
screen.
F Toparkthewiperbladesagain,switchon
theignitionandoperatethewiperstalk.
91
5
Safety
Hazardwarninglamps
Visualwarningwithofallthedirection
indicatorsflashingtoalertotherroadusersto
avehiclebreakdown,towingoraccident.
F Pressthisbutton,allofthedirection
indicatorsflash.
Theycanoperatewiththeignitionoff.
Automatic operation of
hazard warning lamps
Whenbrakinginanemergency,dependingon
thedeceleration,thehazardwarninglamps
comeonautomatically.
Theyswitchoffautomaticallythefirsttimeyou
accelerate.
F Youcanalsoswitchthemoffbypressing
thebutton.
Thissystemallowsyoutomakeanemergency
orassistancecalltotheemergencyservicesor
tothededicatedCITROËNservice.
Emergencyor
assistance call
Formoreinformationontheuseofthis
function,refertothe"Audioandtelematics"
section.
Horn
F Pressthecentralpartofthesteering
wheel.
92
Safety
Electronicstabilitycontrol(ESC)incorporating
thefollowingsystems:
- anti-lockbrakingsystem(ABS)and
electronicbrakeforcedistribution(EBFD),
- emergencybrakingassistance(EBA),
- wheelanti-slipregulation(ASR)ortraction
control,
- dynamicstabilitycontrol(DSC).
Electronic stability control (ESC)
Definitions
Anti-lock braking system (ABS)
and electronic brake force
distribution (EBFD)
Thissystemimprovesthestabilityand
manoeuvrabilityofyourvehiclewhenbraking
andcontributestowardsimprovedcontrolon
corners,inparticularonpoororslipperyroad
surfaces.
TheABSpreventswheellockintheeventof
emergencybraking.
TheEBFDmanagesthebrakingpressure
wheelbywheel.
Emergency braking assistance
(EBA)
Inanemergency,thissystemenablesyouto
reachtheoptimumbrakingpressuremore
quicklyandthereforereducethestopping
distance.
Itistriggeredaccordingtothespeedatwhich
thebrakepedalispressed.Thisisfeltbya
reductionintheresistanceofthepedalandan
increaseintheeffectivenessofthebraking.
Anti-slip regulation (ASR)
TheASRsystem(alsoknownasTraction
Control)optimisestractioninordertolimit
wheelslipbyactingonthebrakesofthedriving
wheelsandontheengine.Italsoimproves
thedirectionalstabilityofthevehicleon
acceleration.
Dynamic stability control (DSC)
Ifthereisadifferencebetweenthepath
followedbythevehicleandthatrequiredby
thedriver,theDSCmonitorseachwheeland
automaticallyactsonthebrakeofoneormore
wheelsandontheenginetoreturnthevehicle
totherequiredpath,withinthelimitsofthelaws
ofphysics.
93
5
Safety
Whenthiswarninglampcomeson,
coupledwiththeSTOPwarninglamp,
accompaniedbyanaudiblesignalanda
message,itindicatesthatthereisafault
withtheelectronicbrakeforcedistribution
(EBFD),whichcouldcauselossofcontrol
ofthevehiclewhenbraking.
Operation
Whenthiswarninglampcomeson,
accompaniedbyanaudiblesignal
andamessage,itindicatesthatthere
isafaultwiththeABS,whichcould
cause loss of control of the vehicle
whenbraking.
Anti-lock braking system (ABS)
and electronic brake force
distribution (EBFD)
Whenchangingwheels(tyresandrims),
makesurethattheseareapprovedfor
yourvehicle.
NormaloperationoftheABSmaymake
itselffeltbyslightvibrationsofthebrake
pedal.
In emergency braking, press
very firmly without releasing the
pressure.
You must stop as soon as it is safe to do so.
Inbothcases,contactaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
94
Safety
Dynamic stability control
(DSC) and anti-slip regulation
(ASR)
TheDSCsystemoffersexceptional
safetyinnormaldriving,butthisshould
notencouragethedrivertotakeextra
risksordriveathighspeed.
Thecorrectoperationofthesystem
dependsonobservationofthe
manufacturer'srecommendations
regardingthewheels(tyresandrims),
thebrakingcomponents,theelectronic
componentsandtheCITROËN
assemblyandoperationprocedures.
Afteranimpact,havethesystem
checkedbyaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
Activation
Thesesystemsareactivatedautomatically
eachtimethevehicleisstarted.
Assoonastheydetectaproblemofgripor
trajectory,thesesystemsactontheoperationif
theengineandbrakes.
Deactivation
Inexceptionalconditions(startingavehicle
whichisboggeddown,stuckinsnow,onsoft
ground...),itmaybeadvisabletodeactivate
theDSCsystem,sothatthewheelscanmove
freelyandregaingrip.
Thisisindicatedbyflashingofthis
warninglampintheinstrumentpanel.
Operating fault
Butitisrecommendedthatthesystembe
reactivatedassoonaspossible.
F Press the button or,
dependingonversion,
turntheknobtothis
position.
Theindicatorlampinthebuttonorthe
knobcomeson:theDSCsystemno
longeractsontheoperationoftheengine.
Reactivation
Thesystemisreactivatedautomaticallyeach
timetheignitionisswitchedbackonorfrom
30mph(50km/h).
F Pressthebuttonagain
toreactivateitmanually.
Ifthiswarninglampcomeson,
accompaniedbyanaudiblesignal
andamessageinthescreen,this
indicatesafaultwiththesystem.
ContactaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshoptohavethesystemchecked.
95
5
Safety
Grip control
Specialpatentedtractioncontrolsystemwhich
improvestractiononsnow,mudandsand.
Thissystem,theoperationofwhichhasbeen
optimisedforeachsituation,allowsyouto
manoeuvreinmostconditionsofpoorgrip
(encounteredduringtouringuse).
Theacceleratorpedalshouldbepressed
sufficientlytoallowthesystemtousethepower
oftheengine.Operationathighenginespeeds
iscompletelynormal.
Associatedwithall-seasonsM+S(Mudand
Snow)205/50R17tyres,thissystemoffers
acompromisebetweensafety,adhesionand
traction.Thesetyresworkequallywellinwinter
andsummer.
Afive-positionselectorallowsyoutochoose
thesettingbestsuitedtothedrivingconditions
encountered.
Anindicatorlampassociatedwitheachmode
comesontoconfirmyourchoice.
Aspecificandadditionaldisplayappears
temporarilyinthetouchscreentoconfirmthe
selectionmadewiththeknob.
Everytimetheignitionisswitchedoff,
thesystemautomaticallyresetstothis
mode.
Differentsmodesareprovided:
Standard (ESC)
Thismodeiscalibratedforalowlevelofwheel
spin,basedonthedifferentlevelsofgrip
normallyencounteredontheroad.
F Placethedialinthisposition.
Snow
Thismodeadaptsitsstrategytotheconditions
ofgripencounteredforeachofthetwofront
wheelsonmovingoff.
(modeactiveupto30mph(50km/h))
F Placethedialinthisposition.
96
Safety
Driving advice
Yourvehicleisdesignedprincipallyto
driveontarmacroadsbutitallowsyou
todriveonotherlesspassableterrain
occasionally.
However,itdoesnotpermitoff-road
drivingsuchas:
- crossinganddrivingonterrain
whichcoulddamagetheunderbody
orstripawaycomponents(fuel
pipe,fuelcooler...)duetoobstacles
or stones in particular,
- drivingonterrainwithsteep
gradientsandpoorgrip,
- crossingastream.
All terrain (mud, damp grass, ...)
Thismode,whenmovingoff,allows
considerablespinonthewheelwiththeleast
griptooptimiseclearingofthemudandregain
grip.Atthesametime,thewheelwiththemost
gripiscontrolledinsuchawayastopassas
muchtorqueaspossible.
Whenmoving,thesystemoptimiseswheelspin
torespondtothedriver'srequirementsasfully
aspossible.
(modeactiveupto50mph(80km/h))
F Placethedialinthisposition.
Sand
Thismodeallowslittlespinonthetwodriving
wheelsatthesametimetoallowthevehicleto
moveforwardandlimittherisksofgettingstuck
inthesand.
(modeactiveupto75mph(120km/h))
F Placethedialinthisposition.
Donotusetheothermodesonsandasthe
vehiclemaybecomestuck.
Youcandeactivatecertainfunctionsofthe
ESC(ASRandDSC)byturningthedialtothe
"OFF"position.
Thesefunctionsarereactivatedautomatically
from30mph(50km/h)oreverytimethe
ignitionisswitchedbackon.
97
5
Safety
Seat belts
Front seat belts
Thefrontseatbeltsarefittedwitha
pretensioningandforcelimitingsystem.
Thissystemimprovessafetyinthefront
seatsintheeventofafrontorsideimpact.
Dependingontheseverityoftheimpact,the
pretensioningsysteminstantlytightenstheseat
beltsagainstthebodyoftheoccupants.
Thepretensioningseatbeltsareactivewhen
theignitionison.
Theforcelimiterreducesthepressureofthe
seat belt on the chest of the occupant, so
improvingtheirprotection.
Fastening
F Pullthestrap,theninsertthetonguein
thebuckle.
F Checkthattheseatbeltisfastened
correctlybypullingthestrap.
Unfastening
F Presstheredbuttononthebuckle.
F Guidetheseatbeltasitreelsin.
Rear seat belts
Therearseatsareeachfittedwithathree-point
seatbelt.
98
Safety
Fromapproximately12mph
(20km/h),thewarninglamp(s)
flashfortwominutesaccompanied
byanaudiblesignal.Oncethese
twominuteshaveelapsed,the
warninglamp(s)remainonuntilthe
driverorfrontpassengerfastenstheir
seatbelt.
Seat belt not fastened /
unfastened warning lamps
Front seat belt warning lamps
Onswitchingontheignition,warning
lamp1comesonintheinstrument
panelandthecorrespondingwarning
lamp(2and3)comesoninredin
thepassenger'sseatbeltandfront
airbagwarninglampdisplayifthe
driver'sseatbeltorfrontpassenger's
seatbeltisnotfastenedoris
unfastened.
1. Frontseatbeltsnotfastened/unfastened
warninglampintheinstrumentpanel.
2. Frontleftseatbeltwarninglamp.
3. Frontrightseatbeltwarninglamp.
4. Rearrightseatbeltwarninglamp.
5. Rearcentreseatbeltwarninglamp.
6. Rearleftseatbeltwarninglamp.
Rear seat belt warning lamps
Thecorrespondingwarning
lamp(4 to 6)comesoninredinthe
seatbeltandfrontairbagwarning
lampdisplayifoneormorerear
passengersunfastentheirseatbelt.
99
5
Safety
Thedrivermustensurethatpassengersuse
theseatbeltscorrectlyandthattheyareall
fastenedbeforesettingoff.
Whereveryouareseatedinthevehicle,
always fasten your seat belt, even for short
journeys.
Donotinterchangetheseatbeltbucklesas
theywillnotfulfiltheirrolefully.
Theseatbeltsarefittedwithaninertiareel
permittingautomaticadjustmentofthe
lengthofthestraptoyoursize.Theseatbelt
isstowedautomaticallywhennotinuse.
Beforeandafteruse,ensurethattheseat
beltisreeledincorrectly.
Thelowerpartofthestrapmustbe
positionedaslowaspossibleonthepelvis.
Theupperpartmustbepositionedinthe
hollowoftheshoulder.
Theinertiareelsarefittedwithanautomatic
lockingdevicewhichcomesintooperationin
theeventofacollision,emergencybraking
orifthevehiclerollsover.Youcanrelease
thedevicebypullingthestrapfirmlyand
thenreleasingitsothatitreelsinslightly.
Recommendations for
children
Useasuitablechildseatifthepassengeris
lessthan12yearsoldorshorterthanone
andahalfmetres.
Neverusethesameseatbelttosecuremore
thanoneperson.
Neverallowachildtotravelonyourlap.
Formoreinformationonchildseats,referto
thecorrespondingsection.
Inordertobeeffective,aseatbeltmust:
- betightenedasclosetothebodyas
possible,
- bepulledinfrontofyouwithasmooth
movement,checkingthatitdoesnot
twist,
- beusedtorestrainonlyoneperson,
- notbearanytraceofcutsorfraying,
- notbeconvertedormodifiedtoavoid
affectingitsperformance.
In the event of an impact
Depending on the nature and
seriousness of the impact, the
pretensioningdevicemaybedeployed
beforeandindependentlyoftheairbags.
Deploymentofthepretensionersis
accompaniedbyaslightdischargeof
harmlesssmokeandanoise,duetothe
activationofthepyrotechniccartridge
incorporatedinthesystem.
Inallcases,theairbagwarninglamp
comeson.
Followinganimpact,havetheseatbelts
systemchecked,andifnecessaryreplaced,
byaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshop.
Inaccordancewithcurrentsafety
regulations,forallrepairsonyourvehicle's
seatbelts,gotoaqualifiedworkshopwith
theskillsandequipmentneeded,whicha
CITROËNdealerisabletoprovide.
Haveyourseatbeltscheckedregularlyby
aCITROËNdealeroraqualifiedworkshop,
particularlyifthestrapsshowsignsof
damage.
Clean the seat belt straps with soapy
wateroratextilecleaningproduct,soldby
CITROËNdealers.
Afterfoldingormovingaseatorrearbench
seat,ensurethattheseatbeltispositioned
andreeledincorrectly.
Advice
100
Safety
Airbags
General information
Systemdesignedtocontributetowards
improvingthesafetyoftheoccupants(with
theexceptionoftherearcentrepassenger)
intheeventofviolentcollisions.Theairbags
supplementtheactionoftheseatbeltsfitted
withforcelimiters(allexceptthecentrerear
passengerbelt).
Ifacollisionoccurs,theelectronicdetectors
recordandanalysethefrontandsideimpacts
sustainedintheimpactdetectionzones:
- inthecaseofaseriousimpact,theairbags
aredeployedinstantlyandcontribute
towardsbetterprotectionoftheoccupants
ofthevehicle(withtheexceptionofthe
rearcentrepassenger);immediatelyafter
theimpact,theairbagsdeflaterapidlyso
thattheydonothindervisibilityortheexit
of the occupants,
- inthecaseofaminororrearimpactorin
certainroll-overconditions,theairbags
maynotbedeployed;theseatbelt
alonecontributestowardsensuringyour
protectioninthesesituations.
The airbags do not operate when
the ignition is switched off.
Thisequipmentwillonlydeployonce.
Ifasecondimpactoccurs(duringthe
sameorasubsequentaccident),the
airbagwillnotbedeployedagain.
Deploymentofoneormoreofthe
airbagsisaccompaniedbyaslight
emissionofsmokeandanoise,due
to the activation of the pyrotechnic
cartridgeincorporatedinthesystem.
Thissmokeisnotharmful,butsensitive
individualsmayexperienceslight
irritation.
Thenoiseofdetonationrelatedtothe
deploymentofoneormoreairbagsmay
resultinaslightlossofhearingfora
shorttime.
Impact detection zones
A. Frontimpactzone.
B. Sideimpactzone.
101
5
Safety
Deactivating the passenger's
front airbag
Onlythepassenger'sfrontairbagcanbe
deactivated.
F With the ignition off,insertthekeyinthe
passengerairbagdeactivationswitch.
F Turn it to the "OFF"position.
F Removethekeykeepingtheswitchinthe
newposition.
Whentheignitionison,thiswarning
lampcomesintheseatbeltwarning
lampsdisplayscreen.Itstayson
whiletheairbagisdeactivated.
Toassurethesafetyofyourchild,
thepassenger'sfrontairbagmustbe
deactivatedwhenyouinstallarearward
facingchildseatonthefrontpassenger
seat.
Otherwise,thechildwouldriskbeing
seriouslyinjuredorkillediftheairbag
weredeployed.
Reactivating the passenger's
front airbag
Whenyouremovearearward facingchild
seat, with the ignition off, turn the switch to
the "ON"positiontoreactivatetheairbagand
soassurethesafetyofyourfrontpassengerin
theeventofanimpact.
Front airbags
Deployment
Theairbagsaredeployed,exceptthe
passenger'sfrontairbagifitisdeactivated,inthe
eventofaseriousfrontimpacttoallorpartofthe
frontimpactzoneA,inthelongitudinalcentreline
ofthevehicleonahorizontalplaneanddirected
fromthefronttotherearofthevehicle.
Thefrontairbaginflatesbetweenthethoraxand
headofthefrontoccupantofthevehicleandthe
steeringwheel,driver'sside,andthedashboard,
passenger'ssidetocushiontheirforward
movement.
Systemwhichprotectsthedriverandfront
passengerintheeventofaseriousfrontimpact
inordertolimittheriskofinjurytotheheadand
thorax.
Thedriver'sairbagisfittedinthecentreofthe
steeringwheel;thefrontpassenger'sairbag
isfittedintherooftoallowmorespaceinthe
glovebox.
Whentheignitionisswitchedon,this
warninglampcomesonintheseat
beltwarninglampsdisplayscreenfor
approximatelyoneminutetosignal
thatthefrontairbagisactivated.
102
Safety
Lateral airbags
Deployment
Alateralairbagisdeployedunilaterallyinthe
eventofaserioussideimpactappliedtoallor
partofthesideimpactzoneB,perpendicular
tothelongitudinalcentrelineofthevehicleona
horizontalplaneanddirectedfromtheoutside
towardstheinsideofthevehicle.
Thelateralairbaginflatesbetweenthehipand
shoulderofthefrontoccupantofthevehicle
andthecorrespondingdoortrimpanel.
Systemwhichprotectsthedriverandfront
passengerintheeventofaserioussideimpact
inordertolimittheriskofinjurytothechest,
betweenthehipandtheshoulder.
Eachlateralairbagisfittedintheseatbackrest
frame,doorside.
Impact detection zones
A. Frontimpactzone.
B. Sideimpactzone.
Operating fault
Ifthiswarninglampcomesoninthe
instrumentpanel,youmustcontact
aCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshopwithoutdelaytohavethe
systemchecked.Theairbagsmayno
longerbedeployedintheeventofa
seriousimpact.
103
5
Safety
Intheeventofaminorimpactorbump
onthesideofthevehicleorifthe
vehiclerollsover,theairbagsmaynot
bedeployed.
In the event of a rear or front collision,
noneofthelateralairbagsisdeployed.
Systemcontributingtowardsgreaterprotection
forthethedriverandpassengers(withthe
exceptionoftherearcentrepassenger)inthe
eventofaserioussideimpactinordertolimit
theriskofinjurytothesideofthehead.
Eachcurtainairbagisbuiltintothepillarsand
theupperpassengercompartmentarea.
Curtain airbags
Deployment
Thecurtainairbagisdeployedatthesame
timeasthecorrespondinglateralairbaginthe
eventofaserioussideimpactappliedtoallor
partofthesideimpactzoneB,perpendicular
tothelongitudinalcentrelineofthevehicleona
horizontalplaneanddirectedfromtheoutside
towardstheinsideofthevehicle.
Thecurtainairbaginflatesbetweenthefrontor
rearoccupantofthevehicleandthewindows.
Ifthiswarninglampcomesoninthe
instrumentpanel,youmustcontact
aCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshoptohavethesystemchecked.
Operating fault
Theairbagsmaynolongerbedeployedinthe
eventofaseriousimpact.
104
Safety
Sitinanormaluprightposition.
Wearacorrectlyadjustedseatbelt.
Donotleaveanythingbetweenthe
occupantsandtheairbags(achild,pet,
object...),norfixorattachanythingcloseto
theinflationtrajectoryoftheairbags;this
couldcauseinjuriesduringtheirdeployment.
Nevermodifytheoriginaldefinitionofyour
vehicle,particularlyintheareadirectly
aroundtheairbags.
Afteranaccidentorifthevehiclehasbeen
stolenorbrokeninto,havetheairbag
systemschecked.
Allworkontheairbagsystemmustbe
carriedoutbyaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
Evenifalloftheprecautionsmentioned
areobserved,ariskofinjuryorofminor
burnstothehead,chestorarmswhenan
airbagisdeployedcannotberuledout.The
baginflatesalmostinstantly(withinafew
milliseconds)thendeflateswithinthesame
timedischargingthehotgasviaopenings
providedforthispurpose.
Front airbags
Donotdriveholdingthesteeringwheelbyits
spokesorrestingyourhandsonthecentre
partofthewheel.
Passengersmustnotplacetheirfeetonthe
dashboard.
Donotsmokeasdeploymentoftheairbags
cancauseburnsortheriskofinjuryfroma
cigaretteorpipe.
Neverremoveorpiercethesteeringwheelor
hititviolently.
Donotfitorattachanythingtothesteering
wheel,thedashboardorthepassenger's
sunvisorasthiscouldcauseinjurieswith
deploymentoftheairbags.
Advice
Lateral airbags
Useonlyapprovedcoversontheseats,
compatiblewiththedeploymentthelateral
airbags.Forinformationontherangeofseat
covers suitable for your vehicle, you can
contactaCITROËNdealer.
Formoreinformationonaccessories,refer
tothecorrespondingsection.
Donotfixorattachanythingtotheseat
backs(clothing...).Thiscouldcauseinjury
tothechestorarmsifthelateralairbagis
deployed.
Donotsitwiththeupperpartofthebodyany
nearertothedoorthannecessary.
Curtain airbags
Donotfixorattachanythingtotheroof.This
couldcauseinjurytotheheadifthecurtain
airbagisdeployed.
Iffittedonyourvehicle,donotremovethe
grabhandlesinstalledontheroof,theyplay
apartinsecuringthecurtainairbags.
For the airbags to be fully effective, observe the safety recommendations below:
105
5
Safety
Generalpointsrelatingtochildseats
CITROËN recommendsthatchildren
shouldtravelontherear seats of your
vehicle:
- rearward facinguptotheageof3,
- forward facingovertheageof3.
AlthoughoneofCITROËNmaincriteriawhendesigningyourvehicle,thesafetyofyourchildrenalsodependsonyou.
Formaximumsafety,pleaseobservethe
followingrecommendations:
- inaccordancewithEuropeanregulations,
all children under the age of 12 or less
than one and a half metres tall must
travel in approved child seats suited to
their weight,onseatsfittedwithaseat
beltorISOFIXmountings*,
- statistically, the safest seats in your
vehicle for carrying children are the
rear seats,
- a child weighing less than 9 kg must
travel in the rearward facing position
both in the front and in the rear.
*Theregulationsoncarryingchildrenare
specifictoeachcountry.Refertothe
legislationinforceinyourcountry.
106
Safety
Childseatattherear
Rearward facing
Whenarearwardfacingchildseatisinstalled
on a rear passenger seat,movethevehicle's
frontseatforwardandstraightenthebackrest
sothattherearwardfacingchildseatdoesnot
touchthevehicle'sfrontseat.
Forward facing
Whenaforwardfacingchildseatisinstalled
on a rear passenger seat,movethevehicle's
frontseatforwardandstraightenthebackrest
sothatthelegsofthechildintheforward
facingchildseatdonottouchthevehicle'sfront
seat.
Ensure that the seat belt is correctly
tensioned.
Forchildseatswithasupportleg,
ensurethatthisisinfirmcontactwith
thefloor.Ifnecessary,adjustthefront
seatofthevehicle.
Centre rear seat
Achildseatwithasupportlegmustneverbe
installedonthecentre rear passenger seat.
107
5
Safety
Childseatinthefront*
Rearward facing Forward facing
Passenger seat adjusted to the intermediate
longitudinal position.
Ensure that the seat belt is correctly
tensioned.
Forchildseatswithasupportleg,
ensurethatthesupportlegisinstable
contactwiththefloor.Ifnecessary,
adjustthepassengerseat.
Whenarearwardfacingchildseatisinstalled
on the front passenger seat,adjusttheseatto
theintermediatelongitudinalposition,withthe
backreststraightened.
Thepassenger'sfrontairbagmustbe
deactivated.Otherwise,the child would
risk being seriously injured or killed if the
airbag were to inflate.
Whenaforwardfacingchildseatisinstalledon
the front passenger seat,adjustthevehicle's
seattotheintermediatelongitudinalposition
withseatbackreststraightenedandleavethe
passenger'sfrontairbagactivated.
*Refertothecurrentlegislationinyourcountry
beforeinstallingyourchildonthefrontseat.
108
Safety
Passenger airbag OFF
Thewarninglabelpresentonbothsidesofthe
passenger'ssunvisorrepeatsthisadvice.
Inlinewithcurrentlegislation,thefollowing
tablescontainthiswarninginallofthe
languagesrequired.
Neverinstallarearwardfacingchild
restraintsystemonaseatprotectedby
anactivefrontairbag.
Thiscouldcausethedeathofthechild
orseriousinjury.
Formoreinformationondeactivating
thepassenger'sairbag,refertothe
correspondingsection.
Deactivatingthepassenger'sfrontairbag
Thislabelislocatedonthemiddledoorpillar,
passengerside.
109
5
AR
BG
НИКОГАНЕинсталирайтедетскостолченаседалкасАКТИВИРАНАпреднаВЪЗДУШНАВЪЗГЛАВНИЦА.Товаможедапричини
СМЪРТилиСЕРИОЗНОНАРАНЯВАНЕнадетето.
CS
NIKDYneumisťujtedětskézádržnézízeníorientovanésměremdozadunasedadlochráněnéAKTIVOVANÝMčelnímAIRBAGEM.Hrozí
nebezpečíSMRTIDÍTĚTEneboVÁŽNÉHOZRANĚNÍ.
DA
BrugALDRIGenbagudvendtbarnestolpåetsæde,dererbeskyttetafenAKTIVAIRBAG.BARNETrisikereratbliveALVORLIGT
KVÆSTETellerDRÆBT.
DE
MontierenSieaufeinemSitzmitAKTIVIERTEMFront-AirbagNIEMALSeinenKindersitzodereineBabyschaleentgegenderFahrtrichtung,
dasKindkönnteschwereodersogartödlicheVerletzungenerleiden.
EL
ΜηχρησιμοποιείτεΠΟΤΕπαιδικόκάθισμαμετηνπλάτητουπροςτοεμπρόςμέροςτουαυτοκινήτου,σεμιαθέσηπουπροστατεύεταιαπό
ΜΕΤΩΠΙΚΟαερόσακοπουείναιΕΝΕΡΓΟΣ.ΑυτόμπορείναέχεισανσυνέπειατοΘΑΝΑΤΟήτοΣΟΒΑΡΟΤΡΑΥΜΑΤΙΣΜΟτουΠΑΙΔΙΟΥ
EN
NEVERusearearwardfacingchildrestraintonaseatprotectedbyanACTIVEAIRBAGinfrontofit,DEATHorSERIOUSINJURYtothe
CHILD can occur
ES
NOINSTALARNUNCAunsistemaderetencnparaniñosdeespaldasalsentidodelamarchaenunasientoprotegidomedianteun
AIRBAGfrontalACTIVADO,yaquepodríacausarlesionesGRAVESoinclusolaMUERTEdelniño.
ET
ÄrgeMITTEKUNAGIpaigaldage"seljagasõidusuunas"lapseistetjuhikõrvalistmele,milleESITURVAPADIonAKTIVEERITUD.Turvapadja
avaneminevõiblastTÕSISELTvõiELUOHTLIKULTvigastada.
FI
ÄLÄKOSKAANasetalapsenturvaistuintaselkäajosuuntaanistuimelle,jonkaedessäsuojanaonkäyttöönaktivoituTURVATYYNY.Sen
laukeaminenvoiaiheuttaaLAPSENKUOLEMANtaiVAKAVANLOUKKAANTUMISEN.
FR
NEJAMAISinstallerdesystèmederetenuepourenfantsfaisantfaceversl’arrièresurunsiègeprotégéparunCOUSSINGONFLABLE
frontalACTIVÉ.
CelapeutprovoquerlaMORTdelENFANTouleBLESSERGRAVEMENT
HR
NIKADAnepostavljatidječjusjedaliculeđimausmjeruvožnjenasjedalozaštenoUKLJUČENIMprednjimZRNIMJASTUKOM.Tobi
moglouzrokovatiSMRTiliTKUOZLJEDUdjeteta.
HU
SOHAnehasználjonmenetinynakháttalbeszereltgyermeküléstAKTIVÁLT(BEKAPCSOLT)FRONTLÉGZKKALvédettüsen.Eza
gyermekHALÁLÁTvagySÚLYOSSÉRÜLÉSÉTokozhatja.
IT
NONinstallareMAIseggioliniperbambiniposizionatiinsensocontrarioaquellodimarciasuunsedileprotettodaunAIRBAGfrontale
ATTIVATO.CiòpotrebbeprovocarelaMORTEoFERITEGRAVIalbambino.
LT
NIEKADAnrenkitevaikoprilaikymopriemossuatgalatgręžtuvaikuantsėdys,kurisaugomaVEIKIAIOSpriekinėsORO
PAGALVĖS.IšsiskleidusoropagalveivaikasgalibūtiMIRTINAIarbaSUNKIAITRAUMUOTAS.
Safety
110
LV
NEKADNEuzstādietuzaizmugurivērstubērnusēdeklītiprieējāpasažierasēdvietā,kurāirAKTIVIZĒTSprieējaisDROŠĪBASGAISA
SPILVENS.
TasvarizraitBĒRNANĀVIvairadītNOPIETNUSIEVAINOJUMUS.
MT
Qattm’ghandekthallitifel/tiflamarbutf’siggudahrulejnl-Airbagattiva,ghaliextista’tikkawzakorrimentserjujewankemewtlit-tifel/tifla
NL
PlaatsNOOITeenkinderzitjemetderuginderijrichtingopeenzitplaatswaarvandeAIRBAGisINGESCHAKELD.Bijhetafgaanvande
airbagkanhetKINDLEVENSGEVAARLIJKGEWONDRAKEN
NO
InstallerALDRIetbarnesetemedryggenmotkjøreretningenietsetesomerbeskyttetmedenfrontalAKTIVERTKOLLISJONSPUTE,
BARNETrisikereråbliDREPTellerHARDTSKADET.
PL
NIGDYnieinstalowaćfotelikadzieccegowpozycji"tyłemdokierunkujazdy"nasiedzeniuwyposażonymwCZOŁOWĄPODUSZKĘ
POWIETRZNĄwstanieAKTYWNYM.MożetodoprowadzićdoŚMIERCIDZIECKAlubspowodowaćuniegoPOWAŻNEOBRAŻENIA
CIAŁA.
PT
NUNCAinstaleumsistemadereteãoparacriaasdecostasparaaestradanumbancoprotegidoporumAIRBAGfrontalACTIVADO.
EstainstalaçãopoderáprovocarFERIMENTOSGRAVESouaMORTEdaCRIANÇA.
RO
NuinstalatiNICIODATAunsistemderetinerepentrucopii,dispuscuspateleindirectiademers,peunlocdinvehiculprotejatcuAIRBAG
frontalACTIVAT.AceastaarputeaprovocaMOARTEACOPILULUIsauRANIREAluiGRAVA.
RU
ВОВСЕХСЛУЧАЯХЗАПРЕЩАЕТСЯиспользоватьобращенноеназаддетскоеудерживающееустройствонасиденье,
защищенномФУНКЦИОНИРУЮЩЕЙПОДУШКОЙБЕЗОПАСНОСТИ,установленнойпередэтимсиденьем.
ЭтоможетпривестикГИБЕЛИРЕБЕНКАилиНАНЕСЕНИЮЕМУСЕРЬЕЗНЫХТЕЛЕСНЫХПОВРЕЖДЕНИЙ
SK
NIKDYneinštalujtedetskézádržnézariadenieorientovanésmeromdozadunasedadlochránenéAKTIVOVANÝMčelnýmAIRBAGOM.
MohlobydôjsťkSMRTEĽNÉMUaleboVÁŽNEMUPORANENIUDIEŤAŤA.
SL
NIKOLInenamčajteotroškegasedashrbtomvsmerivožnje,čejeVARNOSTNABLAZINApredsprednjimsopotnikovimsedežem
AKTIVIRANA.TananamestitevlahkopovzročiSMRTOTROKAaliHUDEPKODBE.
SR
NIKADAnekoristitedečjesedištekojeseokrećeunazadnasedtuztićenimAKTIVNIMVAZDNIMJASTUKOMisprednjega,jer
mogunastupitiSMRTiliOZBILJNAPOVREDADETETA.
SV
PassagerarkrockkuddenframMÅSTEvaraavaktiveradomenbakåtndbilbarnstolinstalleraspådennaplats.Annarsriskerarbarnetatt
DASellerSKADASALLVARLIGT.
TR
KESİNLKLEHAVAYASTIAKFolanönkoltayüzüarkayadönükbirçocukkoltuğuyerleştirmeyiniz.BuÇOCUĞUNÖLMESİNEveya
ÇOKAĞIRYARALANMASINAsebepolabilir.
Safety
111
5
Safety
ChildseatsrecommendedbyCITROËN
Group 0+: from birth to 13 kg Groups 2 and 3: from 15 to 36 kg
L1
"MERBaby-SafePlus"
Installedintherearwardfacingposition.
L4
"KLIPPANOptima"
From22kg(approximately6years),
theboosterisusedonitsown.
L5
"RÖMER KIDFIX"
Canbefittedtothevehicle'sISOFIX
mountings.
Thechildisrestrainedbytheseatbelt.
CITROËNoffersarangeofrecommendedchildseatswhicharesecuredusingathree point seat belt.
112
Safety
Installationofchildseatssecuredusingtheseat
belt
InaccordancewithEuropeanregulations,thistableindicatestheoptionsforinstallingchildseatssecuredusingtheseatbeltanduniversally
approved(a)inrelationtotheweightofthechildandtheseatinthevehicle.
Seat
Weight of the child /indicativeage
Groups 0 (b) and 0+
Birth to 13 kg
Uptoabout1year
Group 1
From 9 to 18 kg
From1toabout3years
Group 2
From 15 to 25 kg
From3toabout6years
Group 3
From 22 to 36 kg
From6toabout10years
1
st
row
Frontpassengerseat(c) without
heightadjustment(d)
U U U U
2
nd
row
Outer rear seats (e) U U U U
Centre rear seat (e) U (f) U (f) U U
113
5
Safety
(a) Universalchildseat:childseatwhichcan
beinstalledinallvehiclesusingtheseat
belt.
(b) Group0:frombirthto10kg.Infantcar
seatsand"carcots"cannotbeinstalledon
thefrontpassengerseat.
Wheninstalledinthe2
nd
row,theymay
preventtheuseofoneormoreseats.
(c) Consultthelegislationinforceinyour
countrybeforeinstallingyourchildonthis
seat.
Removeandstowtheheadrestraint
beforeinstallingachildseatona
passengerseat.Refittheheadrestraint
oncethechildseathasbeenremoved.
U: Seatsuitablefortheinstallationofachild
seatsecuredusingtheseatbeltand
universallyapprovedrearwardfacingand/
orforwardfacing.
(d) Whenarearwardfacingchildseatis
installedonthefrontpassengerseat,
thepassenger'sfrontairbagmustbe
deactivated.Otherwisethechildwouldrisk
beingseriouslyinjuredorkillediftheairbag
weredeployed.
Whenaforwardfacingchildseatis
installedonthefrontpassengerseat,leave
thepassenger'sfrontairbagactive.
(e) Toinstallachildseatonarearseat,
rearwardfacingorforwardfacing,move
thefrontseatforward,thenstraightenthe
backresttoallowenoughspaceforthe
childseatandthechild'slegs.
(f) Achildseatwithsupportlegmustneverbe
installedonthecentrerearseat.
114
Safety
Yourvehiclehasbeenapprovedinaccordance
with the latest ISOFIX regulation.
Theseats,representedbelow,arefittedwith
regulationISOFIXmountings:
"ISOFIX"mountings
Therearethreeringsforeachseat:
- aringBbehindtheseatforfixingtheupper
strap,referredtoastheTOP TETHER.
TheTOPTETHERisusedtosecurethe
upperstrapofchildseatsthathaveone.This
arrangementlimitstheforwardtippingofthe
childseatintheeventofafrontimpact.
ThisISOFIXmountingsystemprovidesfast,
reliableandsafefittingofthechildseatinyour
vehicle.
Forinformationonthepossibilitiesfor
installingISOFIXchildseatsinyour
vehicle,refertothesummarytable.
Theincorrectinstallationofachildseat
inavehiclecompromisesthechild's
protectionintheeventofanaccident.
Followtheinstructionsforfittingchild
seatscontainedintheinstallationguide
suppliedwiththechildseat.
WhenfittinganISOFIXchildseattotheleft
handrearseat,beforefittingtheseat,first
movethecentrerearseatbelttowardsthe
middleofthevehicle,soastoavoidtheseat
interferingwiththeoperationoftheseatbelt.
The ISOFIX child seatsarefittedwithtwo
latcheswhicharesecuredonthetworingsA.
Someseatsalsohaveanupper strap,known
astheTOPTETHER,whichisattachedto
ringB.
TosecurethechildseattotheTOPTETHER:
- removeandstowtheheadrestraintbefore
installingthechildseatinthisseating
position(refititoncethechildseathas
beenremoved),
- passthestrapofthechildseatoverthetop
oftheseatbackrest,centredbetweenthe
aperturesfortheheadrestraintrods,
- fixthehookoftheupperstraptotheringB,
- tightentheupperstrap.
- tworingsA,locatedbetweenthevehicle
seatbackandcushion,indicatedby
amarking,
115
5
Safety
ISOFIXchildseatsrecommendedbyCITROËN
"RÖMER Baby-Safe Plus"
and its ISOFIX base
(sizecategory:E)
Group 0+: from birth to 13 kg
InstalledrearwardfacingusinganISOFIX
basewhichisattachedtotheringsA.
Thebasehasasupportleg,adjustablefor
height,whichsitsonthevehicle'sfloor.
Thischildseatcanalsobesecuredwitha
seatbelt.Inthiscase,onlytheshellisused
andattachedtothevehicle'sseatbythe
three-pointseatbelt.
"RÖMER Duo Plus ISOFIX"
(sizecategory:B1)
Group 1: from 9 to 18 kg
Isinstalledonlyintheforwardfacing
position.
IsattachedtotheanchorageringsAandthe
upperanchorageringB,referredtoasthe
TOPTETHER,usinganupperstrap.
Threeseatbodyangles:sitting,reclining,
lyingdown.
Werecommendthelyingdownposition.
Thischildseatcanalsobeusedonseats
notequippedwithISOFIXmountings.In
thiscase,itmustbesecuredtothevehicle's
seatbythethree-pointseatbelt.Adjustthe
positionofthevehicle'sfrontseatsothatthe
child'sfeetarenottouchingthebackrest.
CITROËNoffersarangeofISOFIXchildseatslistedandtypeapprovedforyourvehicle.
Referalsotothechildseatmanufacturer'sfittinginstructionsforinformationoninstallingandremovingtheseat.
116
Safety
LocationsforISOFIXchildseats
InaccordancewithEuropeanRegulations,thistableindicatestheoptionsforinstallingISOFIXchildseatsonseatsinthevehiclefittedwithISOFIX
mountings.
Inthecaseofuniversalandsemi-universalISOFIXchildseats,theISOFIXsizecategory,determinedbyaletterfromA to G,isindicatedonthechild
seatnexttotheISOFIXlogo.
IUF: seat suitable for the installation of an IsofixUniversal seat, Forwardfacingsecuredusingthe
upperstrap.
IL-SU: seat suitable for the installation of an IsofixSemi-Universalseateither:
- rearwardfacingfittedwithanupperstraporasupportleg,
- forwardfacingfittedwithasupportleg,
- aninfantcotfittedwithanupperstraporasupportleg.
Weight of the child/indicativeage
Less than 10 kg
(group 0)
Up to about
6months
Less than 10 kg
(group 0)
Less than 13 kg
(group 0+)
Uptoabout1year
From 9 to 18 kg (group 1)
Fromabout1to3years
Type of ISOFIX child seat Infant car seat rearward facing rearward facing forward facing
ISOFIX size category F G C D E C D A B B1
1
st
row Frontpassengerseat Not ISOFIX
2
nd
row
Outer rear seats IL-SU* IL-SU IL-SU IL-SU IL-SU
IUF
IL-SU
Centre rear seat Not ISOFIX
Removeandstowtheheadrestraint
beforeinstallingachildseatona
passengerseat.
Refittheheadrestraintoncethechild
seathasbeenremoved.
FormoreinformationonISOFIXmountings
andtheupperstrap,refertothecorresponding
section.
*TheISOFIXinfantcot,securedtothelowerringsofanISOFIXseat,occupiesallofthespaceon
therearbenchseat.
117
5
Safety
Locationsfori-Sizechildseats
Thei-SizechildseatshavetwolatchesthatengageonthetworingsA.
i-U: seatsuitablefori-Sizerestraintsofthe"universal"category,
forwardfacingorrearwardfacing.
Removeandstowtheheadrestraintbeforeinstallingachildseatonapassengerseat.
Refittheheadrestraintoncethechildseathasbeenremoved.
(a) toinstallachildseatattherear,rearwardfacingorforwardfacing,
movethefrontseatforward,thenstraightenthebackresttoallow
enoughspaceforthechildseatandthechild'slegs.
Thei-Sizechildseatsalsohave:
- eitheranupperstrapwhichisattachedtotheringB.
- orasupportlegwhichsitsonthevehicle'sfloor,compatiblewithseatapprovedfori-Size,theroleofwhichistopreventthechildseatfromtipping
forwardsintheeventofacollision.
InaccordancewiththenewEuropeanRegulations,thistableindicatestheoptionsforinstallingi-Sizechildseatsonseatsinthevehiclefittedwith
ISOFIXmountingsandapprovedfori-Size.
FormoreinformationonISOFIXmountingsandtherings,refertothecorrespondingsection.
i-Size child seat
1
st
row Frontpassengerseat Noti-Size
2
nd
row
Outer rear seats (a) i-U
Centre rear seat Noti-Size
118
Safety
Child seats
Recommendations
Installing a booster
cushion
Thechestpartoftheseatbeltmustbe
positionedonthechild'sshoulderwithout
touchingtheneck.
Ensure that the lap part of the seat belt
passescorrectlyoverthechild'sthighs.
CITROËNrecommendstheuseofabooster
seatwhichhasaback,fittedwithaseatbelt
guideatshoulderlevel.
Asasafetyprecaution,donotleave:
- oneormorechildrenaloneand
unsupervisedinavehicle,
- achildorananimalinavehiclewhich
isexposedtothesun,withthewindows
closed,
- thekeyswithinreachofchildreninside
thevehicle.
Topreventaccidentalopeningofthedoors,
usethechildlock.
Takecarenottoopentherearwindowsby
morethanonethird.
Toprotectyoungchildrenfromtheraysof
thesun,fitsideblindsontherearwindows.
Children at the front
Foroptimuminstallationoftheforwardfacing
childseat,ensurethatthebackofthechild
seatisascloseaspossibletothebackrest
ofthevehicle'sseat,orincontactifpossible.
Theheadrestraintmustberemovedbefore
installingachildseatwithabackrestonthe
passengerseat.
Ensurethattheheadrestraintisstowedor
attachedsecurelysothatitisnotthrown
aroundthevehicleintheeventofsharp
braking.
Refittheheadrestraintassoonasthechild
seatisremoved.
Thelegislationoncarryingachildonthe
frontpassengerseatisspecifictoeach
country.Refertothelegislationinforcein
thecountryinwhichyouaredriving.
Deactivatethepassenger'sfrontairbag
whenarearwardfacingchildseatisinstalled
onthefrontpassengerseat.Otherwise,the
childwouldriskbeingseriouslyinjuredor
killediftheairbagweredeployed.
Theincorrectinstallationofachildseatina
vehiclecompromisesthechild'sprotectionin
theeventofanaccident.
Checkthatthereisnoseatbeltorseatbelt
buckleunderthechildseatasthiscould
destabiliseit.
Remembertofastentheseatbeltsorthe
childseatharnesseskeeping the slack in
relationtothechild'sbodyto a minimum,
evenforshortjourneys.
Fortheinstallationofachildseatusinga
seatbelt,ensurethatthisiswelltensioned
onthechildseatandthatitisholdingthe
childseatfirmlyagainsttheseatofyour
vehicle.Ifyourfrontpassengerseatis
adjustable,moveitforwardifnecessary.
At the rear seats, always leave sufficient
spacebetweenthefrontseatand:
- arearwardfacingchildseat,
- thefeetofachildseatedinaforward
facingchildseat.
Forthis,movethefrontseatforwardandif
necessarystraightenitsbackrest.
119
5
Safety
Electricchildlock
Switching on
F Withtheignitionon,pressthisbutton.
Theindicatorlampinthebuttoncomeson,
accompaniedbyamessagetoconfirmthatthe
childlockison.
Thisindicatorlampremainsonuntilthechild
lockisswitchedoff.
Itisstillpossibletoopenthedoorsfromtheoutside.
Switching off
F Withtheignitionon,pressthisbuttonagain.
Theindicatorlampinthebuttongoesoff,
accompaniedbyamessagetoconfirmthatthe
childlockisoff.
Thisindicatorlampremainsoffwhilethechild
lockisswitchedoff.
Remotecontrolsystemtopreventopeningofthereardoorsusingtheirinteriorcontrols.
Anyotherstatusoftheindicatorlamp
indicatesafaultwiththeelectricchild
lock.
HaveitcheckedbyaCITROËNdealer
oraqualifiedworkshop.
Thissystemisindependentandinno
circumstancesdoesittaketheplaceof
thecentrallockingcontrol.
Checkthestatusofthechildlockeach
timeyouswitchontheignition.
Alwaysremovethekeyfromtheignition
whenleavingthevehicle,evenfora
shorttime.
120
Driving
Afewdrivingrecommendations
Observethedrivingregulationsatalltimesand
remainvigilantwhateverthetrafficconditions.
Paycloseattentiontothetrafficandkeepyour
handsonthewheelsothatyouarereadyto
reactatanytimetoanyeventuality.
Onalongjourney,abreakeverytwohoursis
stronglyrecommended.
Indifficultweather,drivesmoothly,anticipate
theneedtobrakeandincreasethedistance
fromothervehicles.
Driving on flooded
roads
Westronglyadviseagainstdrivingonflooded
roads,asthiscouldcauseseriousdamage
totheengineorgearbox,aswellastothe
electricalsystemsofyourvehicle.
Ifyouareobligedtodrivethroughwater:
- checkthatthedepthofwaterdoesnot
exceed15cm,takingaccountofwaves
thatmightbegeneratedbyotherusers,
- deactivatetheStop&Startsystem,
- driveasslowlyaspossiblewithout
stalling.Inallcases,donotexceed6mph
(10km/h),
- donotstopanddonotswitchoffthe
engine.
Onleavingthefloodedroad,assoonas
circumstancesallow,makeseverallightbrake
applicationstodrythebrakediscsandpads.
Ifindoubtonthestateofyourvehicle,contact
aCITROËNdealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
Important!
Neverdrivewiththeparkingbrake
applied-Riskofoverheatingand
damagetothebrakingsystem!
Donotparkorruntheenginewhen
stationaryinareaswhereinflammable
substancesandmaterials(drygrass,
deadleaves...)mightcomeinto
contactwiththehotexhaustsystem-
Riskoffire!
Neverleaveavehicleunsupervised
withtheenginerunning.Ifyouhave
toleaveyourvehiclewiththeengine
running,applytheparkingbrake
andputthegearboxintoneutralor
position N or P,dependingonthetype
ofgearbox.
121
6
Driving
When towing
Distribution of loads
F Distributetheloadinthetrailersothatthe
heaviestitemsareascloseaspossibleto
theaxleandthenoseweightapproaches
themaximumpermittedwithout
exceedingit.
Airdensitydecreaseswithaltitude,thus
reducingengineperformance.Above
1000metres,themaximumtowedloadmust
bereducedby10%forevery1000metresof
altitude.
Formoreinformationonweights(andthe
towedloadswhichapplytoyourvehicle)refer
tothecorrespondingsection.
Side wind
F Takeintoaccounttheincreasedsensitivity
tosidewind.
Cooling
Towingatraileronaslopeincreasesthe
temperatureofthecoolant.
Asthefaniselectricallycontrolled,itscooling
capacityisnotdependentontheenginespeed.
F Tolowertheenginespeed,reduceyour
speed.
Themaximumtowedloadonalongincline
dependsonthegradientandtheambient
temperature.
Inallcases,keepacheckonthecoolant
temperature.
F Ifthewarninglampandthe
STOPwarninglampcomeon,
stopthevehicleandswitchoff
theengineassoonaspossible.
Braking
Towingatrailerincreasesthebrakingdistance.
Toavoidoverheatingofthebrakes,theuseof
enginebrakingisrecommended.
Tyres
F Checkthetyrepressuresofthetowing
vehicleandofthetrailer,observingthe
recommendedpressures.
Lighting
F Checktheelectricallightingandsignalling
onthetrailerandthehadlampbeamheight
ofyourvehicle.
Formoreinformationonadjustingthe
headlampbeamheight,refertothe
correspondingsection.
Therearparkingsensorswillbe
deactivatedautomaticallyifagenuine
CITROËNtowbarisused.
122
Driving
Starting
Theparkingbrakemustbeapplied.
F Withamanualgearbox,placethegear
leverinneutralthendepresstheclutch
pedalfully.
F Withanelectronicgearbox,placethe
control at Nthenpressthebrakepedal
firmly.
F Insertthekeyintotheignitionswitch;the
systemrecognisesthecode.
F Unlockthesteeringcolumnbysimultaneously
turningthesteeringandthekey.
Incertaincases,youmayhavetoapply
moreforcetothesteering(wheelson
fulllock,forexample).
F Withapetrolengine,operatethestarter
motorbyturningthekeytoposition3
withoutpressingtheacceleratorpedal,
untiltheenginestarts.Oncetheengineis
running,releasethekey.
Starting-switchingofftheengine
Ithas3positions:
- position1 (Stop):insertandremoving
thekey,
- position2 (Ignition on):steeringcolumn
unlocked,ignitionon,Dieselpreheating,
enginerunning,
- position3 (Starting).
Ignition switch
Switchingofftheengineleadstoaloss
ofbrakingassistance.
Ignition on position (2)
Itallowstheuseofthevehicle'selectric
equipmentorportabledevicestobecharged.
Oncethestateofchargeofthebatterydrops
tothereservelevel,thesystemswitchesto
energyeconomymode:thepowersupplyis
cutoffautomaticallytopreservetheremaining
batterycharge.
Avoidattachingheavyobjectstothe
key,whichwouldweighdownonits
bladeintheignitionswitchandcould
causeamalfunction.
Itcouldadverselyaffectthedeployment
ofthefrontairbag.
123
6
Driving
F WithaDieselengine,turnthekeyto
position 2,ignitionon,tooperatethe
enginepre-heatingsystem.
Waituntilthiswarninglampgoesoffinthe
instrumentpanelthenoperatethestarter
motorbyturningthekeytoposition3
withoutpressingtheacceleratorpedal,
untiltheenginestarts.Oncetheengineis
running,releasethekey.
Inwintryconditions,thewarninglamp
canstayonforalongerperiod.When
theengineishot,thewarninglamp
doesnotcomeon.
Intemperateconditions,donotleave
theengineatidletowarmupbutmove
offstraightawayanddriveatmoderate
speed.
Neverleavetheenginerunningin
anenclosedareawithoutadequate
ventilation:internalcombustion
enginesemittoxicexhaustgases,
suchascarbonmonoxide.Dangerof
intoxicationanddeath.
Inveryseverewintryconditions
(temperaturesbelow-23°C),toensure
thecorrectoperationanddurabilityof
themechanicalcomponentsofyour
vehicle,engineandgearbox,itis
necessarytoleavetheenginerunning
for4minutesbeforemovingoff.
Iftheenginedoesnotstartstraight
away,switchofftheignition.Waitafew
momentsbeforeoperatingthestarter
motoragain.Iftheenginedoesnot
startafterseveralattempts,donotkeep
trying:youriskdamagingthestarter
motorortheengine.
ContactaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
124
Driving
Key left in the "Ignition on"
position
Ifthekeyhasbeenleftintheignition
switch at position 2 (Ignition on),
theignitionwillbeswitchedoff
automaticallyafteronehour.
Toswitchtheignitionbackon,turnthe
keytoposition1 (Stop),thenbackto
position 2 (Ignition on).
Neverswitchofftheignitionbeforethe
vehicleisatacompletestop.
Withtheengineoff,thebrakingand
steeringassistancesystemsarealso
cutoff:riskoflossofcontrolofthe
vehicle.
Whenyouleavethevehicle,keepthe
keywithyouandlockthevehicle.
Tofacilitateunlockingofthesteering
column,itisrecommendedthatthe
wheelsbereturnedtothestraightahead
positionbeforeswitchingofftheengine.
Switching off
F Stopthevehicle.
F Withtheenginerunningatidle,turnthekey
to position 1.
F Removethekeyfromtheignitionswitch.
F Tolockthesteeringcolumn,turnthe
steeringuntilitlocks.
F Checkthattheparkingbrakeiscorrectly
applied,particularlyonslopingground.
Formoreinformation,refertothe
"Energyeconomymode"section.
Energy economy mode
Afterswitchingofftheengine(position1-Stop),
foramaximumof30minutesyoucanstilluse
functionssuchastheaudioandtelematic
system,thewipers,dippedbeamheadlamps,
courtesylamps,...
125
6
Driving
Parkingbrake
Application Release
Whenparkingonaslope,directyour
wheelsagainstthekerb,applythe
parkingbrake,engageagearand
switchofftheignition.
Whenthevehicleisbeingdriven,ifthis
warninglampandtheSTOPwarninglamp
comeon,accompaniedbyanaudible
signalandamessageinthescreen,this
indicatesthattheparkingbrakeisstillon
orhasnotbeenfullyreleased.
F Pulltheparkingbrakeleverupto
immobiliseyourvehicle.
F Pulltheparkingbrakeleverupslightly,
press the release button, then lower the
leverfully.
126
Driving
5-speedmanualgearbox
Engaging reverse
gear
F Presstheclutchpedalfullydown.
F Pushthegearleverfullytotherightthen
backwards.
Onlyengagereversegearwhenthe
vehicleisstationarywiththeengineatidle.
Asasafetyprecautionandtofacilitate
startingoftheengine:
- alwaysselectneutral,
- presstheclutchpedal.
127
6
Driving
Operation
Gearefciencyindicator
Systemwhichreducesfuelconsumptionbyadvisingthedrivertochangeup,onvehiclesfittedwithamanualgearbox.
Thesystemadaptsitsgearchange
recommendationaccordingtothe
drivingconditions(slope,load,...)and
thedemandsofthedriver(power,
acceleration,braking,...).
Thesystemneversuggests:
- engagingfirstgear,
- engagingreversegear,
- engagingalowergear.
Example:
- Youareinthirdgear.
Dependingonthedrivingsituationandyour
vehicle'sequipment,thesystemmayadvise
youtoskipone(ormore)gear(s).Youcan
followthisinstructionwithoutengagingthe
intermediategears.
- Youpresstheacceleratorpedal.
- Thesystemmaysuggestthatyouengage
ahighergear.
Theinformationappearsintheinstrument
panelintheformofanarrow,accompaniedby
therecommendedgear.
OncertainDieselversionswithmanual
gearbox,thesystemmaysuggest
changingintoneutral(Nisdisplayedin
theinstrumentpanel)sothattheengine
cangointostandby(STOPmode
withStop&Start),incertaindriving
conditions.
Thegearengagementrecommendationsmust
notbeconsideredcompulsory.Infact,the
configurationoftheroad,theamountoftraffic
andsafetyremaindeterminingfactorswhen
choosingthebestgear.Therefore,thedriver
remainsresponsiblefordecidingwhetherornot
tofollowtheadvicegivenbythesystem.
Thissystemcannotbedeactivated.
128
Driving
ETGelectronicgearbox
N Neutral:withyourfootonthebrake,press
thiscontroltoputthegearboxintoneutral
andforstartingtheengine.
D Drive:pressthiscontroltoengageforward
drivewithautomaticoperationofthegears.
R Reverse:withyourfootonthebrake,press
thiscontroltoengagereverse.
Control panel
F Operatethepaddletothe
rightofthesteeringwheelto
change up.
Steering mounted controls
Thesteeringmountedpaddlesdonot
allowneutraltobeselected,orreverse
geartobeengagedordisengaged.
Fiveorsix-speedelectronicallycontrolledgearboxwhichoffersthecomfortofautomaticcontrolofthegears,withoutanyactionbythedriver.
Youcantemporarilytakecontrolofgearchangesatanytime,usingthesteeringmountedcontrolpaddles.
F Operatethepaddletotheleft
ofthesteeringwheeltochange
down.
Display in the instrument panel
F Place your foot on the brake
whenthiswarninglampflashes.
N Neutral
Dand1 2 3 4 5 / 6 Drive(forwarddrive)and
thegearengaged.
R Reverse
129
6
Driving
Nflashesintheinstrumentpanel,
accompaniedbyanaudiblesignaland
amessageifthecontrolN has not been
pressedforstarting.
Press control Ntoselectneutral.
Moving off
F Switchontheignition.
F Select neutral (control N).
Theindicatorlampforthecontrolcomeson.
F Pressthebrakepedalfully.
F Starttheengine.
Nappearsintheinstrumentpanel.
F Selectforwarddrive(controlD) or reverse
(control R)
Theassociatedindicatorlampcomesonin
thecontrolpanel.
Dand1 or Rappearintheinstrument
panel.
Creep function
This function allows the vehicle to be
manoeuvredmoreeasilyatlowspeeds(when
parking,intrafficjams...).
AfterpressingcontrolD or R, the vehicle
moves as soon as you take your foot off the
brake pedal,atlowspeedandwiththeengine
atidle.
Thecreepfunctionmaybetemporarily
unavailableiftheclutchtemperatureis
toohighortheslopetoosteep.
Donotleavechildrenunsupervised
insidethevehiclewhentheengineis
running.
Youmustkeepyourfootonthebrake
pedalwhilestartingtheengine.
The"Footonthebrake"warningand
theassociatedcontrolpanelindicator
lampflashifthebrakepedalisnot
pressedwhenstartingtheengine.
Pressfirmlyonthebrakepedal.
F Releasetheparkingbrake.
F Progressivelytakeyourfootoffthebrake
pedal.
Thevehiclemovesoff.
130
Driving
Never select neutral (position N) when
moving.
Forward drive
F Press control D.
Theindicatorlampinthecontrolcomeson.
Dandthegearengagedappearin
theinstrumentpanel.
Thegearboxthenoperatesinauto-adaptive
mode,withoutanyactiononthepartofthe
driver.Itcontinuouslyselectsthemostsuitable
geartakingaccountof:
- optimisationoffuelconsumption,
- drivingstyle,
- roadconditions,
- vehicleload.
Foroptimumacceleration,when
overtakinganothervehicleforexample,
presstheacceleratorpedalfullydown,
beyondthepointofresistance.
Temporary control of gear
changing
Youcantemporarilytakeovercontrolofgear
changesusingthesteeringmounted"+"and"-"
controlpaddles:iftheenginespeedallows,the
gearchangeiscarriedout.
This function allows you to anticipate certain
situationssuchasovertakinganothervehicleor
approachingabend.
Afterafewmomentswithoutanyactiononthe
paddles,thegearboxresumescontrolofgear
changingautomatically.
Toengagereverse,thevehiclemustbe
immobilisedwithyourfootonthebrake.
F Press control R.
Theindicatorlampinthecontrolcomeson.
Reverse
Thereisanaudiblesignalon
engagementofreverse.
Ifreversegearisrequestedwhenmoving,
the Nwarninglampflashesandthegearbox
goesintoneutralautomatically.
Toengagereverse,stopthevehiclethen,with
yourfootonthebrakepedal,presscontrolN,
then R.
Donotpressthebrakeandaccelerator
pedalsatthesametime:thiscould
causeveryrapidwearoftheclutch.
131
6
Driving
Beforeswitchingofftheengine:
- presscontrolN to be in neutral,
or
- leavethevehicleingear;inthiscasethe
vehiclecannotbemoved.
Stopping the vehicle
Forallparkingsituations,youmust
apply the parking braketoimmobilise
thevehicle.
Whenimmobilisingthevehiclewith
theenginerunning,youmustselect
neutral N.
Operating fault
- - -appearsintheinstrumentpanel.
F Press control N.
F Pressthebrakepedal.
F Waitforaround30secondsuntilN or a
gearappearsintheinstrumentpanel.
F Press control D, then N.
F Withyourfootstillonthebrakepedal,start
theengine.
Thegearboxisoperationalagain.
Reinitialisation
(5-speed electronic
gearbox)
Followingdisconnectionofthebattery,itis
necessarytoreinitialisethegearbox.
F Switchontheignition.
Inexceptionalcircumstances,the
gearboxmayneedanautomatic
reinitialisation:startingandgear
changingarenolongerpossible.
- - -appearsintheinstrument
panel.
Followtheproceduredescribedabove.
Beforedoinganythingunderthebonnet,
ensure that control Nhasbeenpressed
andthattheparkingbrakeisapplied.
Withtheignitionon,illuminationof
thiswarninglamp,accompaniedby
anaudiblesignalandamessage,
indicatesagearboxfault.
HaveitcheckedbyaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
132
Driving
Hill start assist
Systemwhichkeepsyourvehicleimmobilised
temporarily(approximately2seconds)when
startingonagradient,thetimeittakesto
moveyourfootfromthebrakepedaltothe
acceleratorpedal.
Thissystemonlyoperateswhen:
- thevehicleiscompletelystationary,with
yourfootonthebrakepedal,
- certainconditionsofslopearemet,
- withthedriver’sdoorclosed.
Thehillstartassistsystemcannotbe
deactivated.
On an ascending slope, with the vehicle
stationary, the vehicle is held momentarily
when you release the brake pedal, provided
that:
- youareinfirstgearorneutralwitha
manualgearbox,
- youareinpositionD with an electronic
gearbox.
Operation
On a descending slope, with the vehicle
stationary and reverse gear engaged, the
vehicle is held momentarily when you
release the brake pedal.
Operating fault
Ifafaultinthesystemoccurs,thesewarning
lampscomeon,accompaniedbyanalert
message.ContactaCITROËNdealeror
aqualifiedworkshoptohavethesystem
checked.
Donotleavethevehiclewhileitisbeing
heldinthehillstartassistphase.
Ifyouneedtoexitthevehiclewith
theenginerunning,applytheparking
brake.
133
6
Driving
Stop & Start
Operation
Going into engine STOP
mode
The "ECO"warninglampcomeson
intheinstrumentpanelandtheengine
goesintostandbyautomatically:
- with a manual gearbox, when stationary,
inneutral,andyoureleasetheclutch
pedal.
- with an electronic gearbox, when
stationaryoratspeedsbelow5mph
(8km/h)(dependingonversion),inneutral
(control on N)orwhenyoupressthebrake
pedal.
NeverrefuelwiththeengineinSTOP
mode;youmustswitchofftheignition.
Foryourcomfort,duringparking
manoeuvres,STOPmodeisnot
availableforafewsecondsafter
comingoutofreversegear.
TheStop&Startsystemdoesnotaffect
thethevehicle'sothersystems,suchas
forexamplebraking,powersteering...
TheStop&Startsystemputstheengine
temporarilyintostandby-STOPmode-during
stopsinthetraffic(redlights,trafficjams,or
other...).Theenginerestartsautomatically-
STARTmode-assoonasyouwanttomove
off.Therestarttakesplaceinstantly,quickly
andsilently.
Perfectforurbanuse,theStop&Startsystem
reducesfuelconsumptionandexhaust
emissionsaswellasthenoiselevelwhen
stationary.
Stop & Start time
counter
Acumulativetimecounterforperiods
inSTOPmodeduringajourney.
Itisdisplayedinthetripcomputer(accessible
via the "Driving assistance"menuofthe
touchscreentablet).
Itresetstozeroeverytimetheignitionis
switchedon.
TheStop&Startsystemrequires
theuseofa12Vbatteryofspecial
technologyandspecification.All
workonthistypeofbatterymust
onlybedonebyaCITROËNdealer
oraqualifiedworkshop.Formore
informationonthe12Vbattery,referto
thecorrespondingsection.
134
Driving
Going into engine START
mode
The "ECO"warninglampgoesoff
andtheenginestartsautomatically:
- with a manual gearbox, when you fully
depresstheclutchpedal.
- with an electronic gearbox:
● controlonD,whenyoureleasethebrake
pedal,
● controlonNandbrakepedalreleased,
when you press control D,
● whenyouengagereverse.
STARTmodeisinvokedautomaticallywhen:
- youopenthethedriver'sdoor,
- youunfastenthedriver'sseatbelt,
- thespeedofthevehicleexceeds7mph
(11km/h)withanelectronicgearbox,
- somespecialconditions(batterycharge,
enginetemperature,brakingassistance,
ambienttemperature...)wheretheengineis
neededforcontrolofasystem.
Special cases: START invoked
automatically
In this case the "ECO"warning
lampflashesforafewseconds,then
goesoff.
This operation is perfectly normal.
Special cases: STOP mode not
available
STOPmodeisnotinvokedprincipallywhen:
- thevehicleisonasteepslope(risingor
falling),
- thedriver'sdoorisopen,
- thedriver'sseatbeltisnotfastened,
- thevehiclehasnotexceeded6mph
(10km/h)sincethelastenginestartbythe
driver,
- theengineisneededtomaintaina
comfortabletemperatureinthepassenger
compartment,
- demistingisactive,
- somespecialconditions(batterycharge,
enginetemperature,brakingassistance,
ambienttemperature...)wheretheengineis
neededtoassurecontrolofasystem.
In this case, the "ECO"warning
lampflashesforafewsecondsthen
goesoff.
This operation is perfectly normal.
135
6
Driving
Afaultwiththesystemissignalled
in the "Driving assistance"menu
(primarypage)ofthetouchscreen
tablet.
Operating fault
Intheeventofafaultwiththesystem,
thesymbolinthebuttonchangestoalert
modeandtheindicatorlampflashesfora
fewmomentsthenstaysoncontinuously.
If you press this button to reactivate the
system,theindicatorlampflashesagainfora
fewmomentsandthenstaysoncontinuously.
Incertaincircumstances,suchastheneed
tomaintainacomfortabletemperatureinthe
passengercompartment,itmaybepreferable
todeactivatetheStop&Startsystem.
Thesystemcanbedeactivatedatanytime,
oncetheignitionison.
Ifthesystemisdeactivatedwhilein
STOPmode,theenginethenrestarts.
TheStop&Startsystemisautomatically
reactivatedeverytimetheengineisstarted.
Deactivation
TheStop&Startsystemcanbedeactivated
andmanuallyreactivatedinthetouchscreen
tablet.
F Select "Stop & Start" in the
"Driving assistance"menu.
Whenthesystemisdeactivated,theindicator
lampinthisbuttoncomesoncontinuously.
Whenthesystemisreactivatedmanually,the
indicatorlampinthisbuttongoesoff.
HaveitcheckedbyaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
IntheeventofafaultinSTOPmode,the
vehiclemaystall.
Alloftheinstrumentpanelwarninglamps
comeon.
Dependingonversion,analert
messagemayalsobedisplayed,asking
youtochangetoneutral(controlonN)
andputyourfootonthebrakepedal.
Youmustswitchofftheignition,then
starttheengineagain.
Beforedoinganythingunderthe
bonnet,deactivatetheStop&Start
systemtoavoidtheriskofinjury
relatedtoanautomaticchangeto
STARTmode.
Opening the bonnet
Driving on flooded roads
Beforedrivingthroughafloodedroad,
itisstronglyrecommendedthatyou
deactivatetheStop&Startsystem.
Formoreadviceondriving,particularly
onfloodedroads,refertothe
correspondingsection.
136
Driving
Steering mounted controls
6. Speedlimiteron/pauseindication.
7. Programmedspeedsetting.
8. Speedlimitermodeselectionindication.
Speedlimiter
Systemwhichpreventsthevehiclefromexceedingthespeedprogrammedbythedriver.
Thespeedlimitercannot,inanycircumstances,
replacetheneedtoobservespeedlimits,norcanit
replacetheneedforvigilanceonthepartofthedriver.
1. Selectspeedlimitermode.
2. Decreasevalue.
3. Increasevalue.
4. Speedlimiteron/pause.
5. Listofmemorisedspeedsdisplaybutton.
Display in the instrument panel
Theprogrammedspeedremainsinthesystem
memorywhentheignitionisswitchedoff.
137
6
Driving
Switching on / Pause
F Turn wheel 1 to the "LIMIT"position:the
speedlimitermodeisselectedbutisnot
switchedon(Pause).
F Switchthespeedlimiterbackonby
pressingbutton4,ifthespeeddisplayed
issuitable(bydefault,thelastspeed
programmed).
F Youcantemporarilystopthethespeed
limiterbypressingbutton4again:the
displayconfirmsthatithasbeenstopped
(Pause).
Afterfirstselectingspeedlimitermode(wheel1
in position "LIMIT"),youcanmodifythespeed
settingby:
- apressonbutton5:
Fthesixspeedsmemorisedaredisplayed
in the touch screen tablet,
Fchoosingaspeed:itisdisplayedinthe
instrumentpanel.
The selection screen closes after a
fewmoments.
Speedlimitscanbememorisedinthe
"Driving assistance"menu.
Formoreinformationonmemorising
speeds,refertothecorresponding
section.
Youdonothavetoswitchthespeed
limiteroninordertosetthespeed.
Thespeedlimiterisswitched on
manually:itrequiresaprogrammed
speedofatleast20mph(30km/h).
Adjusting the speed limit
setting
Or:
- usingbuttons2and3,increasingor
decreasingthespeeddisplayed:
Fbysuccessiveshortpresses,tomodify
by+or-1mph(km/h),
Fbyamaintainedpress,tomodifyinsteps
of+or-5mph(km/h).
138
Driving
On sharp acceleration, as when
descendingasteephill,thespeed
limiterwillnotbeabletoprevent
thevehiclefromexceedingthe
programmedspeed.
Thelimiteristemporarilydeactivated
andthedisplayedprogrammedspeed
flashes.
Anaudiblesignalaccompaniesthe
flashingoftheprogrammedspeed
whenexceedingthespeedisnotdueto
anactionbythedriver.
Theuseofmatsnotapprovedby
CITROËNmayinterferewiththe
operationofthespeedlimiter.
Toavoidanyriskofjammingofthe
pedals:
- ensurethatthematissecured
correctly,
- donotfitonematontopofanother.
Flashingofthedashesindicatesafaultwiththe
speedlimiter.
HaveitcheckedbyaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
Operating fault
Switching off
F Turn wheel 1 to the "0"position.
Thedisplayofinformationrelatedtothe
speedlimiterdisappears.
F Press firmlyontheacceleratorpedal,
goingbeyondthepoint of resistance, to
exceedtheprogrammedspeedlimit.
Thespeedlimiterisdeactivatedtemporarily
andthedisplayedprogrammedspeedflashes.
Temporarily exceeding the
programmed speed
Assoonasthevehicle'sspeedreturnstothe
programmedvalue,thelimiteroperatesagain:
thedisplayoftheprogrammedspeedsetting
becomessteadyagain.
Anaudiblesignalaccompaniesthe
flashingoftheprogrammedspeed
whenexceedingthespeedisnotdueto
anactionbythedriver(steephill...).
139
6
Driving
Steering mounted controls
6. Cruisecontrolpause/resumeindication.
7. Programmedspeedsetting.
8. Cruisecontrolmodeselectionindication.
Cruise control
Systemwhichautomaticallymaintainsthespeedofthevehicleatthevalueprogrammedbythedriver,withoutanyactionontheacceleratorpedal.
Thecruisecontrolsystemcannot,in
anycircumstances,replacetheneedto
observespeedlimits,norcanitreplacethe
needforvigilanceonthepartofthedriver.
Youareadvisedtokeepyourfeetnearthe
pedalsatalltimes.
1. Selectcruisecontrolmode.
2. Programmeaspeed/Decreasethevalue.
3. Programmeaspeed/Increasethevalue.
4. Pause/resumecruisecontrol.
5. Displaythelistofmemorisedspeeds.
Display in the instrument panel
Switchingofftheignitioncancelsany
programmedspeedvalue.
140
Driving
Switching on
Withthecruisecontrolswitchedon(ON),you
canthenmodifythespeedsettinginoneofthe
followingways:
- bypressingbutton5:
Fthesixmemorisedspeedsaredisplayed
in the the touch screen tablet,
Fpressingthethebuttonforthespeed
settingyouhavechosen.
Thevalueisthendisplayedinthe
instrumentpanel.
The selection screen closes after a
fewmoments.
Themodificationisthenaccepted.
F Turn wheel 1 to the "CRUISE"position:the
cruisecontrolmodeisselectedbutisnot
switchedon(Pause).
F Press button 2 or 3:yourvehicle'scurrent
speedbecomesthecruisespeed.
Thecruisecontrolisactivated(ON).
Adjusting the cruise speed
setting
The cruise control is switched on
manually:itrequiresaminimumvehicle
speedof25mph(40km/h).
Thememorisedspeedscanbe
programmedinthe"Driving
assistance"menu.
Formoreinformationonmemorising
speeds,refertothecorresponding
section.
Orby:
- usingbuttons2 or 3:
Fbysuccessiveshortpresses,tomodify
thespeedby+or-1mph(km/h),
Fbyalongpress,tomodifythespeedin
stepsof+or-5mph(km/h).
141
6
Driving
Flashingofthedashesindicatesafaultwiththe
cruisecontrol.
HaveitcheckedbyaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
Operating fault
Switching off
F Turn wheel 1 to the "0"position.
Thedisplayofinformationrelatedtothe
cruisecontroldisappears.
Whenthecruisecontrolisswitchedon,
becarefulifyoumaintainthepressure
ononeoftheprogrammedspeed
changingbuttons:thismayresultina
veryrapidchangeinthespeedofyour
vehicle.
Do not use the cruise control on
slipperyroadsorinheavytraffic.
Onasteepdescent,thecruisecontrol
will not be able to prevent the vehicle
fromexceedingtheprogrammedspeed.
Onsteepclimbsorwhentowing,the
programmedspeedmaynotbereached
ormaintained.
Theuseofmatsnotapprovedby
CITROËNmayinterferewiththe
operationofthecruisecontrol.
Toavoidanyriskofjammingofthe
pedals:
- ensurethatthematissecured
correctly,
- neverfitonematontopofanother.
Itispossibletoexceedtheprogrammedspeed
temporarilybypressingtheacceleratorpedal.
Toreturntotheprogrammedspeed,simply
releasetheacceleratorpedaluntilthe
programmedcruisespeedisreachedagain.
Exceeding the programmed
speed
Onceswitchedon,youcanpausethecruise
controlatanytimebypressingbutton4:the
screenconfirmsthepause.
Pause
Iftheprogrammedspeedisexceeded,
thedisplayedspeedflashes.
Oncethespeedofthevehiclereturns
totheprogrammedspeedsetting,the
displaybecomessteadyagain.
The cruise control is pausedmanually
orbypressingthebrakeorclutchpedal
oriftheESCsystemisinvokedfor
safetyreasons.
142
Driving
Memorisingspeeds
Memorising
Thisfunctionallowsspeedstobesaved,whichcanthenbeofferedtosetthetwosystems:thespeedlimiter(tolimitthespeedofthevehicle)orthe
cruisecontrol(foravehiclecruisingspeed).
Youcanmemoriseuptosixspeedsettingsforeachofthetwosystems.Bydefault,somespeedsettingsarealreadymemorised.
F Selectthesystemforwhichyouwantto
memorisenewspeedsettings:
F Select "Speed settings" in the
"Driving assistance"menu.
F Enterthenewvalueusingthenumerical
keypadandconfirm.
F Confirmtosavethemodificationandquit
themenu.
● speedlimiter
or
● cruisecontrol.
F Pressthebuttoncorrespondingtothe
speedsettingyouwanttomodify.
This function is accessible in the touch screen
tablet.
Asasafetymeasure,thedrivermust
carry out these operations when
stationary.
143
6
Driving
Thissystemindicatestheproximityofan
obstacle(pedestrian,vehicle,tree,gate,etc.)
whichcomeswithinthefieldofdetectionof
sensorslocatedinthebumper.
Certaintypesofobstacle(stake,roadworks
cone,etc.)detectedinitiallywillnolongerbe
detectedattheendofthemanoeuvre,ifthey
arelocatedinblindspotsinthesensors'field
ofdetection.
Parkingsensors
Thissystemcannotinanycircumstancesreplace
theneedforvigilanceonthepartofthedriver.
Thesystemisswitchedonbyengagingreverse
gear.
Thisisconfirmedbyanaudiblesignal.
Thesystemisswitchedoffwhenyoucomeout
ofreversegear.
Audible assistance
Theproximityinformationisgivenbyan
intermittentaudiblesignal,thefrequencyofwhich
increasesasthevehicleapproachestheobstacle.
Thesoundemittedbythespeaker(rightor
left)indicatesthesideonwhichtheobstacleis
located.
Whenthedistancebetweenthevehicleand
theobstaclebecomeslessthanapproximately
thirtycentimetres,theaudiblesignalbecomes
continuous.
Rear parking
sensors
Visual assistance
Thissupplementstheaudiblesignalby
displayingbarsinthescreenortheinstrument
panelwhichmoveprogressivelynearerto
thevehicle.Whentheobstacleisnear,the
"Danger"symbolisdisplayed.
144
Driving
Front parking
sensors
Thesoundemittedbythespeaker(front
orrear)indicateswhethertheobstacle
isinfrontorbehind.
Thesystemwillbedeactivated
automaticallyifatrailerisbeing
towedorabicyclecarrierisfittedon
atowbar(vehiclefittedwithatowbar
installedinlinewiththemanufacturer's
recommendations).
Inbadweatherorinwinter,ensure
thatthesensorsarenotcoveredwith
mud,iceorsnow.Whenreversegearis
engaged,anaudiblesignal(longbeep)
indicatesthatthesensorsmaybedirty.
Certainsoundsources(motorcycle,
lorry,pneumaticdrill,etc.)maytrigger
theaudiblesignalsoftheparking
sensorsystem.
Asanadditiontotherearparkingsensors,the
frontparkingsensorsaretriggeredwhenan
obstacleisdetectedinfrontandthespeedof
thevehicleisstillbelow6mph(10km/h).
Thefrontparkingsensorsareinterruptedif
thevehiclestopsformorethanthreeseconds
inforwardgear,ifnofurtherobstaclesare
detectedorwhenthespeedofthevehicle
exceeds6mph(10km/h).
Operating fault
Intheeventofamalfunctionof
thesystem,whenreversegearis
engagedthesymbolforthebutton
changestoalertmodeandthe
warninglampflashesforafew
momentsthenstaysoncontinuously.
Amessageappears,accompaniedbyan
audiblesignal(shortbeep).
ContactaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshop.
F Select "Parking sensors" in the
"Driving assistance"menu.
Theindicatorlampinthebutton
comeson.
High pressure jet wash
Whenwashingyourvehicle,donotdirectthe
lancewithin30cmofthesensors.
Pressingthisbuttonagainreactivatesthe
system.Theindicatorlampgoesoff.
Theparkingsensorscanbedeactivatedinthe
touchscreentablet.
Theparkingsensorsaredeactivated
whiletheParkAssistsystemis
measuringaspace.
Seethe"ParkAssist"section.
Deactivation / Activation of
the front and rear parking
sensors
145
6
Driving
Reversingcamera
Openingthetailgatecausesthedisplay
todisappear.
Thereversingcameraisactivatedautomatically
whenreversegearisengaged.
Theimageisdisplayedinthetouchscreen
tablet.
Thebluelinesrepresentthegeneraldirection
ofthevehicle(thegaprepresentsthewidthof
yourvehicleexceptforthedoormirrors).
Theredlinesrepresentadistanceofabout
30cmbeyondtheedgeofyourvehicle'srear
bumper.
Thegreenlinesrepresentdistancesof
about1and2metresbeyondtheedgeofyour
vehicle'srearbumper.
Theturquoisebluecurvesrepresentthe
maximumturningcircle.
Cleanthereversingcameraregularlyusinga
soft,drycloth.
Thereversingcameracannotinany
circumstancesreplacetheneedfor
vigilanceonthepartofofthedriver.
Itisnormaltoseepartofthenumber
platedisplayedatthebottomof
thescreen.
Thereversingcamerafunctionmaybe
supplementedwithparkingsensors.
High pressure jet washing
Whenwashingyourvehicle,donot
directthelancewithin30cmofthe
cameralens.
146
Driving
ParkAssist
Thissystemprovidesactiveassistancewithparking,detectingaparkingspacethencontrollingthesteeringtoparkinthespace.
Itcontrolsthesteeringwhilethedrivermanagestheaccelerator,brakes,gearsandclutch(manualgearbox).Duringphasesofentryintoandexitfrom
aparkingspace,thesystemprovidesvisualandaudibleinformationtothedriverinordertomakethemanoeuvresafe.Itmaybenecessarytomove
forwardsandbackwardsmorethanonce.
TheParkAssistsystemcannotinany
circumstancesreplacetheneedfor
vigilanceonthepartofthedriver.
Thedrivermustremainincontrolof
theirvehicleensuringthatthespace
remainsclearduringthemanoeuvre.
Insomecircumstances,thesensors
maynotdetectsmallobstacleslocated
intheirblindspots.
Changingtyresizes(out-sizetyres,
wintertyres,...)caninterferewith
thecorrectoperationoftheparking
assistancesystem.
Duringamanoeuvrethesteeringwheel
turnsquickly:donotholdthesteering
wheel,donotplaceyourhandbetween
thespokesofthesteeringwheeland
takecarewithlooseandbulkyclothing,
scarves,handbags...Thereisariskof
injury.
Forentryintoaparkingspace(parallel
parking)thesystemdoesnotdetect
spaceswhichareclearlymuchsmaller
orlargerthanthesizeofthevehicle.
This"parkingassistance"system
isactivatedautomaticallyduring
manoeuvres;itisthereforepossible
thatasymbolcomesoninthescreen,
accompaniedbyanaudiblesignal,
withoutaffectingthemanoeuvre.
Theselectionofthetypeofmanoeuvre
(enteringorexitingaparallelparking
space)preventsachangetoSTOP
modeofStop&Start.
InSTOPmode,thisselectionrestarts
theengine.
Thedrivercantakecontrolatanytimebygrippingthesteeringwheel.
Thesystemprovidesassistanceinenteringand
exitingaparkingspacewhenparallelparking.
147
6
Driving
Entering a parallel parking space
F Whenyouhaveidentifiedafreespace,
reducethespeedofthevehicletoa
maximumof12mph(20km/h).
F Positionyourvehiclebeforethisspace.
ToactivatetheParkAssistsystem:
OR
Amessageisdisplayedinthescreen.
F Selecttheenterparkingspacemanoeuvre.
Theindicatorlampinthecontrolcomeson.
F Operatethedirectionindicatoronthe
parkingside.
F Moveforwardsalongsidetheparking
spaceataspeedbelow12mph(20km/h)
tomeasureit,keepingatadistanceof
between0.5and1.5metresfromtherow
ofparkedvehicles.
Oncemeasurementiscomplete,ifthespaceis
largeenoughamessageindicatesthatparking
ispossible.
F Select "Park Assist" in the
"Driving assistance"menuin
thetouchscreentablet.
F Pressthiscontroltoactivatethesystem.
Theindicatorlampinthecontrolremainsoff.
148
Driving
Theassistedparkingmanoeuvreisinprogress.
Withoutexceeding4mph(7km/h),continue
themanoeuvresfollowingtheinformationgiven
bythe"parkingassistance"system,untilthe
endofmanoeuvremessageisdisplayed.
Theindicatorlampinthecontrolgoesoff,
accompaniedbyaaudiblesignal.
F Moveyourvehicleforwarduntilanew
messageisdisplayed.
F Selectreverseandreleasethesteering
wheel.
Thedrivertakesbackcontrolofthevehicle's
steering.
149
6
Driving
Exit from a parallel parking space
Withthevehiclestationary,toactivatethePark
Assistsystem:
F Whenyouwanttoexitfromaparallel
parkingspace,starttheengine.
Theassistedexitfromparkingmanoeuvreisin
progress.
Withoutexceeding5mph(8km/h),continuethe
manoeuvresfollowingtheinformationgivenby
the"parkingassistance"system,untiltheendof
manoeuvremessageisdisplayed.
Themanoeuvreiscompleteoncethefrontwheels
ofthevehicleareoutoftheparkingspace.
Theindicatorlampinthecontrolgoesoff,
accompaniedbyaaudiblesignal.
Thedrivertakesbackcontrolofthevehicle's
steering.
OR
Amessageisdisplayedinthescreen.
F Selecttheexitparkingspacemanoeuvre.
Theindicatorlampinthecontrolcomeson.
F Operatethedirectionindicatorontheexit
fromparkingside.
Thedirectionindicatorwarninglamp
flashesintheinstrumentpanelthroughout
themanoeuvre,whateverthepositionof
thestalk.
F Selectaforwardorreversegearthen
releasethesteeringwheel.
F Select "Park Assist" in the
"Driving assistance"menuin
thetouchscreentablet.
F Pressthiscontrol.
Theindicatorlampinthecontrolremainsoff.
150
Driving
Inbadweatherandinwinter,ensure
thatthesensorsarenotcoveredby
roaddirt,iceorsnow.
Intheeventofafault,havethesystem
checkedbyaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
Ifthesystemisdeactivatedduringa
manoeuvre,thedrivershouldreactivate
ittorepeatthemeasurement.
Ifthelateraldistancebetweenyourvehicle
andthespaceistoogreat,thesystemmay
notbeabletomeasurethespace.
Anythingprojectingbeyondtheenvelope
ofthevehicle(longorwideload)isnot
takenintoaccountbytheParkAssist
systemduringamanoeuvre.
Deactivation
Amessageisdisplayedinthescreen.
Thedriverthentakesbackcontrolofthe
vehicle'ssteering.
Thesystemisdeactivatedbypressingthe
ParkAssistcontrol(ortheParkAssistbutton
in the "Driving assistance"menuofthetouch
screen tablet),
Thesystemisdeactivatedautomatically:
- onswitchingofftheignition,
- iftheenginestalls,
- ifnomanoeuvreisstartedwithin5minutes
ofselectionofthetypeofmanoeuvre,
- afteraprolongedstopofthevehicleduring
amanoeuvre,
- iftheroadwheelanti-spinregulation(ASR)
systemisinvoked,
- ifthespeedofthevehicleexceedsthe
statedlimit,
- whenthedriverinterruptsmovementofthe
steeringwheel,
- ifthedriverpressestheParkAssistcontrol
(ortheParkAssistbuttonofthe"Driving
assistance"menuinthetouchscreen
tablet),
- ifcorrectpositioningofthevehicleisnot
possible(toomanymanoeuvresneededto
insertorextractthevehicle),
- ifthedriver'sdoorisopen,
- ifoneofthefrontwheelsencountersan
obstacle.
Switching off
Thesystemisswitchedoffautomatically:
- whentowingatrailer,
- ifthedriver'sdoorisopened,
- ifthespeedofthevehicleisabove42mph
(70km/h).
Toswitchthesystemofforaprolongedperiod,
contactaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshop.
Operating faults
Intheeventofafaultwiththesystem,
thesymbolinthebutton(locatedin
thetouchscreentablet)changesto
alertmodeandthewarninglamp
flashesandthengoesoff.
ContactaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshop.
151
6
Driving
Under-inationdetection
Thesystemmonitorsthepressuresinthefour
tyres,oncethevehicleismoving.
Itcomparestheinformationgivenbythefour
wheelspeedsensorswithreference values,
which must be reinitialised every time the
tyre pressures are adjusted or a wheel
changed.
Thesystemtriggersanalertassoonasit
detectsadropintheinflationpressureofone
ormoretyres.
Theunder-inflationdetectionsystem
doesnotreplacetheneedforvigilance
onthepartofthedriver.
Thissystemdoesnotavoidtheneedto
checkthetyrepressures(includingthe
sparewheel)everymonthaswellas
beforealongjourney.
Drivingwithunder-inflatedtyresimpairs
roadholding,extendsbrakingdistances
andcausesprematuretyrewear,
particularlyunderarduouscondition
(highloading,highspeed,longjourney).
Systemwhichautomaticallychecksthepressuresofthetyreswhiledriving.
Theinflationpressuresdefinedfor
yourvehiclecanbefoundonthetyre
pressurelabel.
Formoreinformationonthe
identificationmarkings,refertothe
correspondingsection.
Tyrepressuresshouldbechecked
whenthetyresare"cold"(vehicle
stoppedfor1hourorafterajourneyof
lessthan6miles(10km)atmoderate
speeds).
Otherwise(whenhot),add0.3barto
thepressuresshownonthelabel.
Drivingwithunder-inflatedtyres
increasesfuelconsumption.
152
Driving
Under-inflation alert Reinitialisation
Beforereinitialisingthesystem,ensure
that the pressures of the four tyres are
correctfortheuseofthevehicleandin
linewiththerecommendationsonthe
tyrepressurelabel.
Theunder-inflationalertcanonly
bereliedonifthereinitialisationof
thesystemhasbeendonewiththe
pressures in the four tyres correctly
adjusted.
Theunder-inflationdetectionsystem
doesnotgiveawarningifapressureis
incorrectatthetimeofreinitialisation.
Thisisgivenbyfixedilluminationof
thiswarninglamp,accompaniedby
anaudiblesignalandthedisplayofa
message.
Itisnecessarytoreinitialisethesystemevery
timeoneormoretyrepressuresareadjusted,
andafterchangingoneormorewheels.
F Reducespeedimmediately,avoid
excessivesteeringmovementsandsudden
braking
F Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to
doso.
F Ifyouhaveacompressor(suchastheone
inthetemporarypuncturerepairkit),check
thepressuresofthefourtyreswhencold.
Ifitisnotpossibletocarryoutthischeck
straightaway,drivecarefullyatreduced
speed.
or
F In the event of a puncture, use the
temporarypuncturerepairkitorthespare
wheel(dependingonequipment),
Thelossofpressuredetecteddoesnot
alwayscausevisiblebulgingofthetyre.
Donotsatisfyyourselfwithjustavisual
check.
Thealertismaintaineduntilthesystem
isreinitialised.
153
6
Driving
Reinitialisationofthesystemisdoneinthethe
touchscreentablet,withtheignitiononandthe
vehiclestationary.
F Confirmtheinstructionbypressing"Yes",
anaudiblesignalandamessageconfirm
thereinitialisation.
Thenewpressuresettingsregisteredare
consideredtobereferencevaluesbythe
system.
Operating fault
Theflashingandthenfixedilluminationofthe
under-inflationwarninglampaccompanied
byilluminationoftheServicewarninglamp
indicatesafaultwiththesystem.
Inthiscase,under-inflationmonitoringofthe
tyresisnolongerassured.
HavethesystemcheckedbyaCITROËN
dealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
Beforedoinganythingtothesystem,
thepressuresofthefourtyresmustbe
checkedandthesystemreinitialised.
Theunder-inflationalertcanonlybe
reliedonifreinitialisationofthesystem
isdonewiththefourtyrepressures
correctlyset.
Snow chains
Thesystemdoesnothavetobe
reinitialisedafterfittingorremoving
snowchains.
F Select "Under-inflation
initialisation" in the "Driving
assistance"menuinthethe
touchscreentablet.
154
Practical information
Fueltank
Capacity of the tank:
- Petrol:approximately50litres.
- Diesel:approximately45or50litres(dependingonversion).
Low fuel level Refuelling
Whenthelowfuellevelisreached,
thiswarninglampintheinstrument
panelcomeson,accompaniedby
anaudiblewarning,amessageand
thelastbarofthefuelgaugeflashes
inred.
Torefuelincompletesafety:
F You must switch off the engine.
F Openthefillerflap.
Alabelontheinsideofthefuelfillerflap
remindsyouofthetypeoffueltouse,
dependingonyourenginetype.
Additionsoffuelmustbeofatleast5litresto
beregisteredbythefuelgauge.
Whenitfirstcomeson,about 5 litres of fuel
remaininthetank.
Untilsufficientfuelhasbeenadded,this
warninglampappearseverytimetheignition
isswitchedon,accompaniedbyanaudible
warningandamessage.Thisaudiblewarning
andmessagearerepeatedwithincreasing
frequencyasthefuelleveldropstowards"0".
Refuelassoonaspossibletoavoidrunningout.
Openingthefillercapmayresultinaninrushof
air.Thisisentirelynormalandresultsfromthe
sealingofthefuelsystem.
With Stop & Start, never refuel with the
systeminSTOPmode;youmustswitch
offtheignitionwiththekey.
Formoreinformationonrunningoutof
fuel(Diesel),refertothecorresponding
section.
F Takecaretoselectthepumpthatdelivers
thecorrecttypeoffuelforyourvehicle.
F Introducethekeyintothecapandturnitto
theleft.
155
7
Practical information
F Removethecapandplaceitonitssupport
(onthefillerflap).
F Introducethefillernozzleandpushitinas
faraspossiblebeforestartingtorefuel
(riskofblowback).
F Maintainthispositionthroughoutthe
refuellingoperation.
Onceyouhavefinishedrefuelling:
F Refitthefillercap.
F Turnthekeytotheright,thenremoveit
fromthecap.
F Pushthefuelflaptocloseit.
If you are filling your tank to the top, do
not persist after the 3rd cut-off; this could
cause malfunctions.
ThepetrolorDieselengineofyourvehicleis
fittedwithacatalyticconverter,adevicewhich
helpstoreducethelevelofharmfulemissions
intheexhaustgases.
For petrol engines, you must use unleaded
fuel.
Thefillerneckisnarrower,allowingonly
unleadedpetrolnozzlestobeintroduced.
Yourvehicleisequippedwithasafetydevice
which cuts off the fuel supply in the event of a
collision.
Fuel cut-off
If you have put in the wrong fuel
for your vehicle, you must have the
fuel tank drained and filled with
the correct fuel before starting the
engine.
156
Practical information
Misfuel prevention (Diesel)*
Operation
Whenapetrolfillernozzleisintroducedintothe
fuelfillerneckofyourDieselvehicle,itcomes
intocontactwiththeflap.Thesystemremains
closedandpreventsfilling.
Do not persist but introduce a Diesel type
filler nozzle.
*Dependingonthecountryofsale.
MechanicaldevicewhichpreventsfillingthetankofaDieselvehiclewithpetrol.Itavoidstheriskof
enginedamagethatcanresultfromfillingwiththewrongfuel.
Itremainspossibletouseafuelcanto
fillthetank.
Inordertoensureagoodflowoffuel,
donotplacethenozzleofthefuelcan
indirectcontactwiththeflapofthe
misfuelpreventiondeviceandpour
slowly.
Travelling abroad
AsDieselfuelpumpnozzlesmay
bedifferentinothercountries,the
presenceofthemisfuelprevention
devicemaymakerefuellingimpossible.
Beforetravellingabroad,we
recommendthatyoucheckwiththe
CITROËNdealernetwork,whetheryour
vehicleissuitableforthefuelpumpsin
thecountryinwhichyouwanttotravel.
157
7
Practical information
Fuel used for petrol
engines
Thepetrolenginesarecompatiblewith
E10typepetrolbiofuels(containing
10%ethanol),conformingtoEuropean
standardsEN228andEN15376.
E85typefuels(containingupto85%ethanol)
arereservedexclusivelyforvehiclesmarketed
fortheuseofthistypeoffuel(BioFlex
vehicles).Thequalityoftheethanolmust
complywithEuropeanstandardEN15293.
Fuel used for Diesel
engines
TheDieselenginesarecompatiblewith
biofuelsavailableatthepumpswhichmeet
currentandfutureEuropeanstandards:
- DieselfuelthatmeetsstandardEN590
mixedwithabiofuelthatmeetsstandard
EN14214,
- DieselfuelthatmeetsstandardEN16734
mixedwithabiofuelthatmeetsstandard
EN14214(possiblycontainingupto
10%FattyAcidMethylEster),
- ParaffinicDieselfuelthatmeetsstandard
EN15940mixedwithabiofuelthatmeets
standardEN14214(possiblycontainingup
to7%FattyAcidMethylEster).
TheuseofB20orB30fuelmeetingstandard
EN16709ispossibleinyourDieselengines.
However,thisuse,evenoccasional,requires
strictapplicationofthespecialservicing
conditionsreferredtoas"Arduousconditions".
Formoreinformation,contactaCITROËN
dealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
The use of any other type of (bio)fuel
(vegetableoranimaloils,pureordiluted,
domesticfuel...)isstrictlyprohibited(riskof
damagetotheengineandfuelsystem).
OnlytheuseofDieselfueladditivesthatmeet
thestandardB715000isauthorised.
158
Practical information
Snow chains
Inwintryconditions,snowchainsimprovetractionaswellasthebehaviourofthevehiclewhenbraking.
Useonlythechainsdesignedtobefittedtothe
typeofwheelfittedtoyourvehicle:
Originaltyresize Type of chain
195/65R15
Maximumlinksize:
9mm
205/55R16
205/50R17
Cannotbefittedwithchains
Formoreinformationonsnowchains,contacta
CITROËNdealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
Advice on installation
F Ifyouhavetofitthechainsduringa
journey,stopthevehicleonaflatsurface
onthesideoftheroad.
F Applytheparkingbrakeandpositionany
wheelchockstopreventmovementofyour
vehicle.
F Fitthechainsfollowingtheinstructions
providedbythemanufacturer.
F Moveoffgentlyanddriveforafew
moments,withoutexceeding30mph
(50km/h).
F Stopyourvehicleandcheckthatthesnow
chainsarecorrectlytightened.
Takeaccountofthelegislationinforce
in your country on the use of snow
chainsandthemaximumrunningspeed
authorised.
Thesnowchainsmustbefittedonly
tothefrontwheels.Theymustnever
befittedto"space-saver"typespare
wheels.
Avoiddrivingwithsnowchainsonroads
thathavebeenclearedofsnow,to
avoiddamagingyourvehicle'styresand
theroadsurface.Ifyourvehicleisfitted
withalloywheels,checkthatnopartof
thechainoritsfixingsisincontactwith
thewheelrim.
Itisstronglyrecommendedthatbefore
youleave,youpractisefittingthesnow
chainsonalevelanddrysurface.
159
7
Practical information
Verycoldclimatescreens
Removableprotectivescreenswhichpreventstheaccumulationofsnowattheradiator
coolingfan.
F Offerupthecorrespondingscreentothe
frontbumperuppergrille.
F Pressontheedgetoengageitsfixingclips
inturn.
Proceedinthesamewayforthescreenonthe
lowergrille.
F Usingascrewdriver,leverinturnonthe
fixingsofeachscreentounclipthem.
Donotforgettoremovetheverycold
climatescreenswhen:
- theambienttemperatureexceeds
10°C,
- towing,
- atspeedsabove75mph(120km/h).
RemovalFitting
Beforefittingorremovingascreen,
ensurethattheengineisoffandthe
coolingfanhasstopped.
Itisrecommendedthatthescreens
befittedandremovedbyaCITROËN
dealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
160
Practical information
Whennottowingatrailer,removethe
quickly-detachabletowballbefore
driving.
Towingatrailer
Werecommendtheuseofgenuine
CITROËNtowbarsandtheirharnesses
thathavebeentestedandapproved
fromthedesignstageofyourvehicle,
andthatthefittingofthetowbaris
entrustedtoaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
Ifthetowbarisnotfittedbya
CITROËNdealer,itmuststillbe
fittedinaccordancewiththevehicle
manufacturer'sinstructions.
Yourvehicleisprimarilydesignedfor
transportingpeopleandluggage,butitmay
alsobeusedfortowingatrailer.
Drivingwithatrailerplacesgreater
demandsonthetowingvehicleandthe
drivermusttakeparticularcare.
Formoreadviceondrivingwhen
towing,refertothecorresponding
section.
Formoreinformationonweights(and
thetowedloadswhichapplytoyour
vehicle)refertothecorresponding
section.
161
7
Practical information
Loadreductionmode
Systemwhichmanagestheuseofcertain
functionsaccordingtothelevelofcharge
remaininginthebattery.
Whenthevehicleisbeingdriven,theload
reductionfunctiontemporarilydeactivates
certainfunctions,suchastheairconditioning,
theheatedrearscreen...
Thedeactivatedfunctionsarereactivated
automaticallyassoonasconditionspermit.
Systemwhichmanagesthedurationofuseof
certain functions to conserve a sufficient level
ofchargeinthebattery.
Aftertheenginehasstopped,youcan
stillusefunctionssuchastheaudioand
telematicssystem,windscreenwipers,dipped
beamheadlamps,courtesylamps,etc.for
amaximumcombineddurationofabout
fortyminutes.
Energyeconomymode
Switching to economy mode
Amessagethenappearsintheinstrument
panelscreenindicatingthatthevehiclehas
switchedtoeconomymodeandtheactive
functionsareputonstandby.
Ifatelephonecallisbeingmadeatthistime,it
willbemaintainedforaround10minuteswith
theBluetoothhands-freesystemofyouraudio
system.
Exiting economy mode
Thesefunctionsarereactivatedautomatically
nexttimethevehicleisdriven.
Inordertorestoretheuseofthesefunctions
immediately,starttheengineandletitrun:
- forlessthantenminutes,tousethe
equipmentforapproximatelyfiveminutes,
- formorethantenminutes,tousethe
equipmentforuptoapproximately
thirtyminutes.
Lettheenginerunforthedurationspecifiedto
ensurethatthebatterychargeissufficient.
Donotrepeatedlyandcontinuouslyrestartthe
engineinordertochargethebattery.
Aflatbatterypreventstheenginefrom
starting.
Formoreinformationonthebattery,
refertothecorrespondingsection.
162
Practical information
Accessories
AwiderangeofaccessoriesandgenuinepartsisavailablefromtheCITROËNdealernetwork.
TheseaccessoriesandpartsareallsuitableforyourvehicleandbenefitfromCITROËN'srecommendationandwarranty.
"Comfort"
Doordeflectors,sidesunblinds,insulated
module,coathangerfixedtoheadrestraint,
mobilereadinglamp,frontandrearparking
sensors,portableashtray,scentedair
freshener,blindforsunroof...
"Transport systems"
Boot carpet, boot liner, boot net, boot spacers,
transverseroofbars,skicarrier,roofbox,
towbar,towbarwiringharnesses,bicyclecarrier
formountingonthetowbarandontheroof
bars,towbarswithfixedandquicklydetachable
towball...
"Styling"
Aluminiumfootrest,alloywheels,frontspoiler,
reardiffuser,exteriorexpressivestickers...
"Security and safety":
Anti-intrusionalarm,vehicletrackingsystem,
firstaidkit,fireextinguisher,warningtriangle,
highvisibilityvest,wheelsecuritybolts,snow
chains,non-slipcovers,frontfoglampkit,dog
guard,petseatbelt,seatbeltcutter/glass
hammer...
"Protection"
Mats*,seatcovers,mudflaps,vehiclecover...
Ifatowbarandwiringharnessare
fittedoutsidetheCITROËNdealer
network,theinstallationmustbedone
strictlyinlinewiththemanufacturer's
recommendations.
* Toavoidanyriskofjammingthepedals:
- ensurethatmatsarecorrectlypositioned
andsecured,
- neverfitonematontopofanother.
"Multimedia"
Bluetoothhands-freekits,portablesatellite
navigationsystem,drivingassistancesystems,
smartphonecarriers,DVDplayer,CDplayer,
230Vsocket,semi-integralsatellitenavigation
system,rearmultimediacarrier,navigation
mappingupdates,aftermarketdigitalradio...
ByvisitingaCITROËNdealeryoucanalso
obtaincleaningandmaintenanceproducts
(interiorandexterior)-includingecological
productsinthe"TECHNATURE"range,
productsfortoppingup(screenwash...),paint
touch-uppensandaerosolsfortheexact
colourofyourvehicle,refills(sealantcartridge
forthetemporarypuncturerepairkit...)...
163
7
Practical information
Thefittingofelectricalequipmentor
accessorieswhicharenotrecommended
byCITROËNmayresultinafailureof
yourvehicle'selectronicsystemand
excessiveelectricalconsumption.
ContactaCITROËNdealer
forinformationontherangeof
recommendedequipmentand
accessories.
Installation of radio
communication
transmitters
Beforeinstallinganyafter-marketradio
communicationtransmitter,youcan
contactaCITROËNdealerforthe
specificationoftransmitterswhichcan
befitted(frequency,maximumpower,
aerial position, specific installation
requirements),inlinewiththeVehicle
ElectromagneticCompatibility
Directive(2004/104/EC).
Dependingonthelegislationinforcein
thecountry,certainsafetyequipment
maybecompulsory:highvisibility
safetyvests,warningtriangles,
breathalyzers, spare bulbs, spare fuses,
fireextinguisher,firstaidkit,mudflaps
attherearofthevehicle.
164
Practical information
Changingawiperblade
F Withinoneminuteafterswitchingoff
theignition,operatethewiperstalkto
positionthewiperbladesverticallyonthe
windscreen.
Removing
F Raisethecorrespondingwiperarm.
F Pullthescreenwashdeliverypipeto
disconnectitfromthejet(locatedonthe
wiperblade).
F Unclipthewiperbladeandremoveit.
Fitting
F Putthecorrespondingnewwiperbladein
placeandclipit.
F Connectthescreenwashdeliverypipeto
thejetonthewiperblade.
F Folddownthewiperarmcarefully.
After fitting a front wiper
blade
F Switchontheignition.
F Operatethewiperstalkagaintoparkthe
wiperblades.
Before removing a front
wiper blade
165
7
Practical information
Roof bars
Forsafetyreasonsandtoavoid
damagingtheroof,itisessentialtouse
transverseroofbarsthatareapproved
foryourvehicle.
Observethefittinginstructionsand
theconditionsofusegiveninthe
informationprovidedwiththeroofbars.
Version without longitudinal
bars
Toinstalltheroofbars,youmustsecure
themonlytothefouranchoragepointsinthe
roofframe.Thesepointsaremaskedbythe
vehicle'sdoorswhenclosed.
Theroofbarfixingsincludeastudthatshould
beintroducedintotheapertureateach
anchoragepoint.
Version with longitudinal
bars
Youmustfitthetransversebarstothe
longitudinalbarsatthefixingpointsindicated
byengravedmarkingsonthelongitudinalbars.
166
Practical information
Maximumload,distributedovertheroof
bars,foraloadingheightnotexceeding
40cm:80 kg.
Thisvalueissubjecttochange,please
checkthemaximumloadstatedinthe
instructionsprovidedwithheroofbars.
Iftheheightexceeds40cm,adaptthe
speedofthevehicletotheprofileofthe
roadtoavoiddamagingtheroofbars
andthefixingsonthevehicle.
Pleaserefertonationallegislationsoas
tomeettherequirementsoncarrying
objectsthatarelongerthanthevehicle.
Recommendations
F Distributetheloadevenly,avoiding
overloadingononeside.
F Arrangetheheaviestpartoftheloadas
closeaspossibletotheroof.
F Anchortheloadsecurelyandfitawarning
flagifpartofitoverhangsthevehicle.
F Drivegently,asthevehiclewillbemore
liabletotheeffectsofsidewinds(vehicle
stabilitymaybeaffected).
F Removetheroofbarsassoonastheyare
nolongerneeded.
167
7
Practical information
TOTAL & CITROËN
Partners in performance
and protecting
the environment
Innovation in the search for
performance
Forover40year,theTOTALResearchand
Developmentdepartmentshavedevelopedlubricants
forCITROËN,tomatchthelatesttechnicalinnovations
onCITROËNvehicles,bothforcompetitionandfor
everydaymotoring.
For you, this is an assurance that you will obtain the
bestperformancefromyourengine.
Optimum protection for
your engine
ByhavingyourCITROËNvehicle
servicedwithTOTALlubricants,youare
contributingtowardsimprovingthelife
andperformanceofyourengine,while
alsoprotectingtheenvironment.
168
Practical information
Bonnet
F Openthelefthandfrontdoor.
The location of the interior bonnet
releaseleverpreventsopeningofthe
bonnetwhenthelefthandfrontdoor
isshut.
Whentheengineishot,handlethe
exteriorsafetycatchandthestaywith
care(riskofburns),usingtheprotected
area.
Whenthebonnetisopen,takecarenot
todamagethesafetycatch.
F Liftthesafetycatchandraisethebonnet.
F Unclipthestayfromitshousingandplace
itinthesupportslottoholdthebonnet
open.
Opening
F Pullthereleaselever,locatedatthebottom
ofthedooraperture,towardsyou.
The cooling fan may start after
switching off the engine: take care
with articles and clothing that might
be caught by the fan blades.
Donotopenthebonnetundervery
windyconditions.
Closing
F Takethestayoutofitssupportslot.
F Clipthestaybackintoitshousing.
F Lowerthebonnetandreleaseitattheend
ofitstravel.
F Pullonthebonnettocheckthatithas
latchedcorrectly.
Because of the presence of electrical
equipmentunderthebonnet,itis
recommendedthatexposuretowater
(rain,washing,...)belimited.
Beforedoinganythingunderthe
bonnet, switch off the Stop & Start
systemtoavoidanyriskofinjury
resultingfromanautomaticchangeto
STARTmode.
169
7
Practical information
1. Screenwashfluidreservoir.
2. Coolantheadertank.
3. Brakefluidreservoir.
4. Battery.
5. Fusebox.
6. Airfilter.
7. Engineoildipstick.
8. Engineoilfillercap.
9. Remoteearthpoint.
Petrolengines
170
Practical information
1. Screenwashfluidreservoir.
2. Coolantheadertank.
3. Brakefluidreservoir.
4. Battery.
5. Fusebox.
6. Airfilter.
7. Engineoildipstick.
8. Engineoilfillercap.
9. Primingpump*.
10. Remoteearthpoint.
Dieselengines
*Accordingtoengine.
171
7
Practical information
Checkinglevels
Takecarewhenworkingunderthe
bonnet,ascertainareasoftheengine
maybeextremelyhot(riskofburns)
andthecoolingfancouldstartatany
time(evenwiththeignitionoff).
Engine oil level
Thecheckiscarriedouteitherwhen
theignitionisswitchedonusingthe
oillevelindicatorintheinstrument
panelforvehiclessoequipped,or
usingthedipstick.
Checking using the dipstick
Checkalloftheselevelsregularly,inlinewiththemanufacturer'sserviceschedule.Topthemupifnecessary,unlessotherwiseindicated.
Ifaleveldropssignificantly,havethecorrespondingsystemcheckedbyaCITROËNdealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
IfyoufindthatthelevelisabovetheAmarkor
below the Bmark,do not start the engine.
- IfthelevelisabovetheMAXmark(risk
ofdamagetotheengine),contacta
CITROËNdealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
- IfthelevelisbelowtheMINmark,you
musttopuptheengineoil.
A = MAX
B = MIN
Toensurethatthereadingiscorrect,
yourvehiclemustbeparkedonalevel
surfacewiththeenginehavingbeenoff
formorethan30minutes.
Itisnormaltotopuptheoillevelbetween
twoservices(oroilchanges).CITROËN
recommendsthatyoucheckthelevel,andtop
upifnecessary,every3000miles(5000kms).
Thelocationofthedipstickisshowninthe
correspondingunderbonnetlayoutview.
F Takethedipstickbyitscolouredgripand
removeitcompletely.
F Wipetheendofthedipstickusingaclean
non-fluffycloth.
F Refitthedipstickandpushfullydown,then
pullitoutagaintomakethevisualcheck:
thecorrectlevelisbetweenthemarksA
andB.
Oil grade
Beforetopping-uptheoilorchangingtheoil,
checkthattheoilisthecorrectgradeforyour
engineandconformstothemanufacturer's
recommendations.
172
Practical information
Aftertopping-uptheoil,thecheckwhen
switchingontheignitionwiththeoil
levelindicatorintheinstrumentpanel
isnotvalidduringthe30minutesafter
toppingup.
Topping-up the engine oil level
The location of the oil filler cap is shown in the
correspondingunderbonnetlayoutview.
F Unscrew the oil filler cap to reveal the filler
aperture.
F Addoilinsmallquantities,avoidingany
spillsonenginecomponents(riskoffire).
F Waitafewminutesbeforecheckingthe
levelagainusingthedipstick.
F Addmoreoilifnecessary.
F Aftercheckingthelevel,carefullyrefitthe
oilfillercapandthedipstickinitstube.
Engine oil change
Refertothemanufacturer'sserviceschedule
fordetailsoftheintervalforthisoperation.
Inordertomaintainthereliabilityoftheengine
andemissioncontrolsystem,neveruse
additivesintheengineoil.
Thebrakefluidlevelshouldbeclose
tothe"MAX"mark.Ifitisnot,check
thebrakepadwear.
Brake fluid level
Changing the uid
Refertothemanufacturer'sserviceschedule
fordetailsoftheintervalforthisoperation.
Fluid specication
Thebrakefluidmustconformtothe
manufacturer'srecommendations.
173
7
Practical information
Coolant level
Thecoolantlevelshouldbeclose
tothe"MAX"markbutshouldnever
exceedit.
Inaddition,asthecoolingsystemispressurised,
waitatleastonehourafterswitchingoffthe
enginebeforecarryingoutanywork.
Toavoidanyriskofscalding,unscrewthecapby
twoturnstoallowthepressuretodrop.Whenthe
pressurehasdropped,removethecapandtop
upthelevel.
Changing the coolant
Thecoolantdoesnothavetobereplacedatroutineservices.
The cooling fan may start after switching
off the engine: take care with articles and
clothing that might be caught by the fan
blades.
Whentheengineiswarm,thetemperatureof
thecoolantisregulatedbythefan.
Fluid specication
Thecoolantmustconformtothe
manufacturer'srecommendations.
Fluid specication
Foroptimumcleaningandtoavoidfreezing,
thisfluidmustnotbetoppeduporreplaced
withplainwater.
Inwintryconditions,itisrecommendedthatyou
useanethylalcoholormethanolbasedfluid.
Screenwash fluid level
Topupthelevelwhennecessary.
Topping up
Thereservoirmustbetoppedupwithoutdelay
byaCITROËNdealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
Diesel fuel additive
level (Diesel with particle
filter)
Theadditivereservoirlowlevelis
indicatedbyfixedilluminationof
Avoidprolongedcontactofusedoilor
fluidswiththeskin.
Mostofthesefluidsareharmfulto
healthorindeedverycorrosive.
Donotdiscardusedoilorfluidsinto
sewersorontotheground.
TakeusedoiltoaCITROËNdealeror
aqualifiedworkshop(France)ortoan
authorisedwastedisposalsite.
Used products
thiswarninglamp,accompaniedbyanaudible
signalandamessagethattheparticlefilter
additivelevelistoolow.
174
Practical information
Checks
12 V battery
Thebatterydoesnotrequireanymaintenance.
However,checkregularlythattheterminals
arecorrectlytightened(versionswithoutquick
releaseterminals)andthattheconnections
areclean.
Refertothemanufacturer's
serviceschedulefordetailsofthe
replacementintervalsforthese
components.
Air filter and passenger compartment filter
Replacetheoilfiltereachtimethe
engineoilischanged.
Refertothemanufacturer's
serviceschedulefordetailsof
thereplacementintervalforthis
component.
Oil filter
Unlessotherwiseindicated,checkthesecomponentsinaccordancewiththemanufacturer'sservicescheduleandaccordingtoyourengine.
Otherwise,havethemcheckedbyaCITRNdealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
Dependingontheenvironment(e.g.dusty
atmosphere)andtheuseofthevehicle
(e.g.citydriving),replace them twice as often
if necessary.
Acloggedpassengercompartmentfiltermay
haveanadverseeffectontheperformance
oftheairconditioningsystemandgenerate
undesirableodours.
Particle filter (Diesel)
The start of saturation of the
particlefilterisindicatedbythe
fixedilluminationofthiswarning
lampaccompaniedbyawarning
message.
Assoonasthetrafficconditionspermit,
regeneratethefilterbydrivingataspeedofat
least40mph(60km/h)untilthewarninglamp
goesoff.
Ifthewarninglampstayson,thisindicatesa
lowadditivelevel.
Refertothe"Dieseladditivelevel"section.
On a new vehicle, the first particle
filterregenerationoperationsmaybe
accompaniedbya"burning"smell,
whichisperfectlynormal.
Followingprolongedoperationofthe
vehicleatverylowspeedoratidle,
youmay,inexceptionalcircumstances,
noticetheemissionofwatervapourat
theexhaustonacceleration.Thisdoes
not affect the behaviour of the vehicle
ortheenvironment.
Whencarryingoutanyoperationonthe12V
battery,refertothecorrespondingsectionfor
detailsoftheprecautionstobetakenbefore
startingwork.
VersionsequippedwithStop&Startare
fittedwitha12Vlead-acidbatteryof
specifictechnologyandspecification.
Itsreplacementshouldbecarriedout
onlybyaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshop.
175
7
Practical information
Brakeweardependsonthestyle
ofdriving,particularlyinthecase
ofvehiclesusedintown,overshort
distances.Itmaybenecessaryto
Brake pads
Forinformationoncheckingbrake
discwear,contactaCITROËNdealer
oraqualifiedworkshop.
Brake disc wear
Onlyuseproductsrecommendedby
CITROËNorproductsofequivalent
qualityandspecification.
Inordertooptimisetheoperationof
unitsasimportantasthoseinthe
brakingsystem,CITRNselectsand
offersveryspecificproducts.
Afterwashingthevehicle,dampness,
orinwintryconditions,icecanform
onthebrakediscsandpads:braking
efficiencymaybereduced.Makelight
brakeapplicationstodryanddefrost
thebrakes.
Manual gearbox
Thegearboxdoesnotrequireany
maintenance(nooilchange).
Refertothemanufacturer'sservice
scheduleforthecheckingintervalfor
thiscomponent.
Electronic gearbox
Thegearboxdoesnotrequireany
maintenance(nooilchange).
Refertothemanufacturer'sservice
schedulefordetailsofthechecking
intervalforthiscomponent.
Parking brake
Ifexcessivetraveloralossof
effectivenessofthissystemis
noticed,theparkingbrakemustbe
checked,evenbetweentwoservices.
Checkingthissystemmustbedonebya
CITROËNdealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
Toavoiddamagingtheelectricalunits,
never useahighpressurejetwashin
theenginecompartment.
havetheconditionofthebrakeschecked,even
betweenvehicleservices.
Unlessthereisaleakinthecircuit,adropin
thebrakefluidlevelindicatesthatthebrake
padsareworn.
176
Practical information
AdBlue
®
additiveandSCRsystem
forBlueHDiDieselengines
Toassurerespectfortheenvironmentand
conformitywiththenewEuro6emissions
standard,withoutadverselyaffectingthe
performanceorfuelconsumptionofDiesel
engines,CITROËNhastakenthedecisionto
equipitsvehicleswithaneffectivesystemthat
associatesSCR(SelectiveCatalyticReduction)
withaparticlefilter(FAP)forthetreatmentof
exhaustgases.
Presentation of the SCR system
UsinganadditivecalledAdBlue
®
containingurea,
acatalyticconverterturnsupto85%ofnitrous
oxides(NOx)intonitrogenandwater,whichare
harmlesstohealthandtheenvironment.
OncetheAdBlue
®
tankisempty,a
systemrequiredbyregulationsprevents
startingoftheengine.
If the SCR is faulty, the level of
emissionsfromyourvehiclewillno
longermeettheEuro6standard:your
vehiclebecomespolluting.
Intheeventofaconfirmedfault
withtheSCRsystem,youmustgo
toaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshopassoonaspossible:aftera
runningdistanceof650miles
(1100km),asystemwillbetriggered
automaticallytopreventenginestarting.
TheAdBlue
®
additiveisheldinaspecial
tanklocatedunderthebootattherearof
thevehicle.Ithasacapacityof17litres:this
providesadrivingrangeofabout12500miles
(20000km),afterwhichanalertistriggered
warningyouwhenthereserveremainingis
enoughforjust1500miles(2400km).
Duringeachscheduledserviceofyourvehicle
byaCITROËNdealeroraqualifiedworkshop,
theAdBlue
®
additivetankisrefilledinorderto
allownormaloperationoftheSCRsystem.
Iftheestimatedmileagebetweentwoservices
isgreaterthan12500miles(20000km),we
recommendthatyougotoaCITROËNdealer
oraqualifiedworkshoptohavethenecessary
top-upcarriedout.
177
7
Practical information
Range indicators
OncetheAdBlue
®
tankisonreserveorafter
detectionofafaultwiththeSCRemissions
controlsystem,whentheignitionisswitched
on,anindicatordisplaysanestimateofthe
distancethatcanbecovered,therange,before
enginestartingisprevented.
Intheeventofsimultaneoussystemfaultand
lowAdBlue
®
level,theshortestrangefigureis
theonedisplayed.
Range greater than 1 500 miles (2 400 km)
Whentheignitionisswitchedon,no
informationonrangeisdisplayedautomatically
intheinstrumentpanel.
Theenginestartpreventionsystem
requiredbyregulationsisactivated
automaticallyoncetheAdBlue
®
tankis
empty.
In the event of the risk of non-starting related to a lack of AdBlue
®
Remaining range between 350 and 1500 miles (600 and 2 400 km)
Whenswitchingontheignition,the
UREAwarninglampcomeson,accompanied
byanaudiblesignalandthedisplayofa
message(e.g.:"Topupemissionsadditive:
Startingpreventedin900miles")indicating
theremainingrangeexpressedinmilesor
kilometres.
Whendriving,themessageisdisplayedevery
200miles(300km)untiltheadditivetankhas
beentopped-up.
GotoaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshoptohavetheAdBlue
®
tanktopped-up.
Youcanalsotop-upthetankyourself.
Formoreinformationontopping-upthe
AdBlue
®
additive,refertothecorresponding
section.
178
Practical information
Remaining range between 0 and 350 miles (0 and 600 km)
Breakdown related to a lack of AdBlue
®
additive
Tobeabletostarttheengine,
werecommendthatyoucallon
aCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshopforthetop-uprequired.
Ifyoucarryoutthetop-upyourself,it
isessentialtoaddatleast3.8litresof
AdBlue
®
tothetank.
Whenswitchingontheignition,theSERVICE
warninglampcomesonandtheUREAwarning
lampflashes,accompaniedbyanaudible
signalandthedisplayofamessage(e.g."Top
upemissionsadditive:Startingpreventedin
350miles")indicatingtheremainingrange
expressedinmilesorkilometres.
Whendriving,themessageisdisplayedevery
30secondsuntiltheadditivetankhasbeen
topped-up.
GotoaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshoptohavetheAdBlue
®
tanktopped-up.
Youcanalsotop-upthetankyourself.
Otherwise you will not be able to restart your
engine.
Whenswitchingontheignition,theSERVICE
warninglampcomesonandtheUREAwarning
lampflashes,accompaniedbyanaudible
signalandthedisplayofthemessage"Topup
emissionsadditive:Startingprevented".
TheAdBlue
®
tankisempty:thesystemrequired
byregulationspreventsenginestarting.
Formoreinformationontopping-upthe
AdBlue
®
additive,refertothecorresponding
section.
179
7
Practical information
In the event of a fault with the SCR emissions control system
In the event of the detection
of a fault
During an authorised driving phase (between
650 miles and 0 miles) (1 100 km and 0 km)
Asystemthatpreventsenginestartingisactivatedautomaticallyfrom650miles(1100km)afterconfirmationofafaultwiththeSCRemissions
controlsystem.HavethesystemcheckedbyaCITROËNdealeroraqualifiedworkshopassoonaspossible.
Ifitisatemporaryfault,thealert
disappearsduringthenextjourney,
afterself-diagnosisoftheSCRsystem.
TheUREA,SERVICEanddiagnosticwarning
lampscomeson,accompaniedbyanaudible
signalandthedisplayofthemessage
"Emissionsfault".
Thealertistriggeredwhendrivingwhenthe
faultisdetectedforthefirsttime,thenwhen
switchingontheignitionforsubsequent
journeys,whilethefaultpersists.
IfafaultwiththeSCRsystemisconfirmed(after
30miles(50km)coveredwiththepermanent
displayofthemessagesignallingafault),the
SERVICEandenginediagnosticwarninglamps
comeonandtheUREAwarninglampflashes,
accompaniedbyanaudiblesignalandthe
displayofamessage(e.g.:"Emissionsfault:
Startingpreventedin150miles")indicatingthe
remainingrangeexpressinmilesorkilometres.
Whiledriving,themessageisdisplayedevery
30secondswhilethefaultwiththeSCRsystem
persists.
Thealertisrepeatedwhenswitchingonthe
ignition.
YoushouldgotoaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshopassoonaspossible.
Otherwise, you will not be able to restart your
engine.
Starting prevented
Tobeabletostarttheengine,youmustcallon
aCITROËNdealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
Youhaveexceededtheauthorised
drivinglimit:thestartingprevention
systeminhibitsenginestarting.
Everytimetheignitionisswitchedon,theSERVICE
andenginediagnosticwarninglampscomeonand
theUREAwarninglampflashes,accompaniedby
anaudiblesignalandthedisplayofthemessage
"Emissionsfault:Startingprevented".
180
Practical information
Freezing of the AdBlue
®
additive
TheAdBlue
®
additivefreezesat
temperaturesbelowaround-11°C.
TheSCRsystemincludesaheater
fortheAdBlue
®
tank,allowingyouto
continuedrivinginverycoldconditions.
Topping-up the AdBlue
®
additive
Precautions in use
FillingtheAdBlue
®
tankisanoperation
includedineveryroutineserviceonyour
vehiclebyaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshop.
Nevertheless,giventhecapacityofthetank,
itmaybenecessarytotop-uptheadditive
betweenservices,moreparticularlyifanalert
(warninglampsandamessage)signalsthe
requirement.
YoucangottoaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshop.
Ifyouenvisagetopping-upyourself,please
readthefollowingwarningscarefully.
KeepAdBlue
®
out of the reach of
children,initsoriginalbottle.
NevertransferAdBlue
®
to another
container:itwouldloseitspurity.
Neverdilutetheadditivewithwater.
NeverpourtheadditiveintotheDiesel
fueltank.
Nevertop-upfromanAdBlue
®
dispenserreservedforheavygoods
vehicles.
UseonlyAdBlue
®
additivethatmeetsthe
ISO22241standard.
Thesupplyinanon-dripbottlesimplifies
topping-up.Youcanobtain1.89litre(halfaUS
gallon)bottlesfromaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
TheAdBlue
®
additiveisanurea-based
solution.Thisliquidisnon-flammable,
colourlessandodourless(keptinacoolarea).
Intheeventofcontactwiththeskin,wash
theaffectedareawithsoapandwater.Inthe
eventofcontactwiththeeyes,wash(irrigate)
theeyeswithlargeamountsofwaterorwith
aneyewashsolutionforatleast15minutes.
Ifaburningsensationorirritationpersists,get
medicalattention.
Ifswallowed,immediatelywashoutthemouth
withcleanwaterandthendrinkplentyofwater.
Incertainconditions(highambient
temperature,forexample),theriskofrelease
ofammoniacannotbeexcluded:donotinhale
theproduct.Ammoniavapourhasanirritant
effectonmucousmembranes(eyes,noseand
throat).
181
7
Practical information
Recommendations on storage
NeverstorebottlesofAdBlue
®
in your
vehicle.
Procedure
F Switchofftheignitionandremovethekey.
F ForaccesstotheAdBlue
®
tank,raisethe
bootcarpetthen,dependingonequipment,
liftoutthesparewheeland/orthe
storagebox.
F Withoutpressing,turntheblackcapa
quarterturnanti-clockwiseandliftitoff.
AdBlue
®
freezesatabout-11°Cand
deterioratesabove25°C.Itisrecommended
thatbottlesbestoredinacoolareaand
protectedfromdirectsunlight.
Undertheseconditions,theadditivecanbe
keptforatleastayear.
Iftheadditivehasfrozen,itcanbeusedonceit
hascompletelythawedout.
Beforetopping-up,ensurethatthevehicleis
parkedonaflatandlevelsurface.
Inwintryconditions,ensurethatthe
temperatureofthevehicleisabove-11°C.
OtherwisetheAdBlue
®
maybefrozenand
socannotbepouredintoitstank.Parkyour
vehicleinawarmerareaforafewhoursto
allowthetop-uptobecarriedout.
F Turnthebluecapa6
th
ofaturnanti-
clockwise.
F Liftoffthecap.
182
Practical information
F ObtainabottleofAdBlue
®
.Afterfirst
checkingtheuse-bydate,readcarefully
the instructions on use on the label before
pouringthecontentsofthebottleintoyour
vehicle'sAdBlue
®
tank.
Important:ifyourvehicle'sAdBlue
®
tankiscompletelyempty-whichis
confirmedbythealertmessagesand
theimpossibilityofstartingtheengine,
youmustaddatleast3.8litres(so
two1.89litrebottles).
Ifanyadditiveissplitorsplashed,wash
immediatelywithcoldwaterorwipewith
adampcloth.
Iftheadditivehascrystallised,cleanit
offusingaspongeandhotwater.
Important:in the event of a top-up
after a breakdown because of a lack
of additive,signalledbythemessage
"Topupemissionsadditive:Starting
prevented",youmustwaitaround
5minutesbeforeswitchingontheignition,
without opening the driver's door,
locking the vehicle or introducing the
key into the ignition switch.
Switchontheignition,then,after
10seconds,starttheengine.
NeverdisposeofAdBlue
®
additive
bottlesinthehouseholdwaste.Place
theminaspecialcontainerprovided
thispurposeortakethemtoyourdealer.
F Afteremptyingthebottle,wipeawayany
spillagearoundthetankfillerusingadamp
cloth.
F Refitthebluecaptothetankandturnita
6
th
ofaturnclockwise,toitsstop.
F Refittheblackcapandturnitaquarterof
aturnclockwisewithoutpressing.Ensure
thattheindicatoronthecaplinesupwith
theindicatoronthesupport.
F Dependingonequipment,returnthespare
wheeland/orthestorageboxtothebottom
oftheboot.
F Refitthebootcarpetandclosethetailgate.
183
7
Practical information
MadeofTPU(ThermoPlasticUrethane)andenclosingbubblesofaironthesideprotectorsonly,
theyactasanimpactabsorber.
Locatedonthesides,frontandrearofyourvehicle,theyprotectthebodyworkbyreducingthe
effectofminoreverydayknocks:parkingdings,openingdoors,scrapes,...
Thesecolouredprotectorsalsoenhancetheappearanceofyourvehicle.
AIRBUMP
®
protectors
AIRBUMP
®
protection areas
A. Side.
B. Front.
C. Rear.
Care of the AIRBUMP
®
protectors
The AIRBUMP
®
protectorsrequireno
particularcareormaintenance.
Theyarecleanedsimplyusingwateroroneof
theproductsavailablefromCITRNdealers.
Toavoidproblemsofprematureageingof
the AIRBUMP
®
protectors,donotusepolish
onthem.
184
Practical information
Adviceoncareandmaintenance
Recommendationsonthecareandmaintenanceyourvehiclearegiveninthemaintenanceandwarrantyguide.
Theheadlampshavepolycarbonate
lenses,finishedwithaprotective
lacquer.
Donotcleanthemwithadryor
abrasivecloth,norwithdetergentor
solventproducts.
Useaspongeandsoapywater.
Theuseofahighpressurejetwash
forcleaningtheheadlamps,lamps
andtheirsurroundsmaydamagethe
lacquerandseals.
Observetherecommendationson
pressureanddistanceforjetwashing.
First clean persistent stains with a
spongeandwarmsoapywater.
Forthecareofthestickersintherear
doorglasses,werecommendthe
following:
- Useawidejetatatemperatureof
between25°Cand40°C.
- Wherepossible,directthejetat
rightanglestothestickers.
Leather
Care of the expressive stickers
Thesestylingstickersaretreatedtogivegood
resistancetoageingandtearing.
Theyhavebeendesignedtoallowyouto
customiseyourvehicle'sbodywork.
Whenusingahighpressurejetwash,keepthe
endofthelanceatleast30centimetresfrom
thestickers
Leatherisanaturalproduct.Appropriate
regularcareandcleaningisessentialforits
durability.
Refertoyourvehicle'smaintenanceand
warrantyguideforinformationonthespecial
precautionstoobserve.
Headlamps and lamps Care of the AIRBUMP
®
panels
The AIRBUMP
®
panelsrequirenoparticular
careormaintenance.
Theyarecleanedsimplyusingwateroroneof
theproductsavailablefromCITRNdealers.
Toavoidproblemsofprematureageingofthe
AIRBUMP
®
panels,donotusepolishonthem.
185
8
In the event of a breakdown
Warningtriangle(storage)
Beforeleavingyourvehicletosetup
andinstallthetriangle,switchonthe
hazardwarninglampsandputonyour
highvisibilityvest.
Refertothemanufacturer'sinstructions
onusingthetriangle.
Placing the triangle in
the road
F Placethetrianglebehindthevehicle,as
requiredbythelegislationinforceinyour
country.
Thissafetydeviceisusedinadditiontothehazardwarninglamps.
Itspresenceinthevehicleismandatory.
Thetrianglemaybestowedunderthebootcarpet(inthestoragewell)or,dependingonversion,underthefrontpassengerseat.
Thetriangleisavailableasan
accessory;contactaCITROËNdealer
oraqualifiedworkshop.
186
In the event of a breakdown
Thetyreinflationpressuresaregivenon
thislabel.
Thiskitisinstalledinthestoragebox,underthe
bootfloor.
Thiskitconsistsofacompressorandasealant
cartridge.
It allows the temporary repairofatyre.
Youarethenabletogotothenearestgarage.
Itisdesignedtorepairmostpunctureswhich
couldaffectthetyre,locatedonthetyretread
orshoulder.
Itscompressorcanbeusedtocheckand
adjustthepressureofthetyre.
Temporarypuncturerepairkit
Access to the kit
List of tools
Thesetoolsarespecifictoyourvehicleandcan
varyaccordingtoequipment.Donotusethem
forotherpurposes.
1. 12Vcompressor.
Containsasealantcartridgeforthe
temporaryrepairofatyreandcanalsobe
usedforadjustingtyrepressures.
2. Towingeye.
Formoreinformationontowingrefertothe
correspondingsection.
187
8
In the event of a breakdown
A. "Sealant"or"Air"positionselector.
B. On "I"/off"O"switch.
C. Deflationbutton.
D. Pressuregauge(inbarsandpsi).
E. Compartmenthousing:
- acablewithadaptorfor12Vsocket,
- variousinflationadaptorsfor
accessories, such as balls,
bicycletyres...
Description of the kit
ThespeedlimitstickerImustbeaffixed
tothevehicle'ssteeringwheeltoremind
youthatawheelisintemporaryuse.
Donotexceedaspeedof50mph
(80km/h)whendrivingwithatyre
repairedusingthistypeofkit.
F. Sealantcartridge.
G. Whitepipewithcapforrepair.
H. Blackpipeforinflation.
I. Speedlimitsticker.
188
In the event of a breakdown
1. Sealing
Repair procedure
Avoidremovinganyforeignbodies
whichhavepenetratedintothetyre.
F Uncoil the white pipe Gfully.
F Unscrewthecapfromthewhitepipe.
F Connect the white pipe to the valve of the
tyretoberepaired.
F Switchofftheignition.
F Turn the selector A to the
"Sealant"position.
F CheckthattheswitchB is in
position "O".
F Connectthecompressor'selectricplugto
thevehicle's12Vsocket.
F Startthevehicleandleavetheengine
running.
Takecare,thisproductisharmfulif
swallowedandcausesirritationtotheeyes.
Keepthisproductoutofthereachof
children.
Donotstartthecompressorbefore
connectingthewhitepipetothetyre
valve:thesealantproductwouldbe
expelledthroughthepipe.
189
8
In the event of a breakdown
F Switchonthecompressorbymoving
the switch B to position "I" until the tyre
pressurereaches2.0bars.
Thesealantisinjectedintothetyreunder
pressure;donotdisconnectthepipefrom
thevalveduringthisoperation(riskof
splashing).
Ifafteraround5to7minutesthe
pressureisnotattained,thisindicates
thatthetyreisnotrepairable;contact
aCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshopforassistance.
F Removethekitandscrewthecapbackon
thewhitepipe.
Takecaretoavoidstainingyourvehicle
withtracesoffluid.Keepthekittohand.
F Driveimmediatelyforapproximately
threemiles(fivekilometres),atreduced
speed(between15and35mph(20and
60km/h)),toplugthepuncture.
F Stoptochecktherepairandthetyre
pressureusingthekit.
Tyre under-ination detection
Afterrepairofthetyre,thewarning
lampwillremainonuntilthesystemis
reinitialised.
Formoreinformationonunder-inflation
detection,refertothecorresponding
section.
2. Ination
F Turn the selector A to the
"Air"position.
F UncoiltheblackpipeHfully.
F Connecttheblackpipetothe
valveofthewheel.
190
In the event of a breakdown
Removing the cartridge
F Stowtheblackpipe.
F
Detachtheangledbasefromthewhitepipe.
F Supportthecompressorvertically.
F Unscrewthecartridgefromthebottom.
Bewareofdischargesoffluid.
Theexpirydateofthefluidisindicated
onthecartridge.
Thesealantcartridgeisdesignedfor
singleuse;evenifonlypartlyused,it
mustbereplaced.
Afteruse,donotdiscardthecartridge
intotheenvironment,takeittoan
authorisedwastedisposalsiteora
CITROËNdealer.
Donotforgettoobtainanewsealant
cartridge,availablefromCITROËN
dealersorfromaqualifiedworkshop.
F Connectthecompressor'selectricplugto
thevehicle's12Vsocket.
F Startthevehicleagainandleavethe
enginerunning.
Assoonaspossible,gotoaCITROËN
dealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
Youmustinformthetechnicianthatyou
haveusedthiskit.Afterinspection,the
technicianwilladviseyouonwhether
thetyrecanberepairedorifitmustbe
replaced.
F Adjustthepressureusingthecompressor
(toinflate:switchB in position "I";
todeflate:switchB in position "O"and
press button C),inaccordancewiththe
vehicle'styrepressurelabel(locatedonthe
lefthanddooraperture).
Alossofpressureindicatesthatthe
puncturehasnotbeenfullyplugged;
contactaCITROËNdealerorqualified
workshopforassistance.
F Removeandstowthekit.
F Driveatreducedspeed(50mph[80km/h]
max)limitingthedistancetravelledto
approximately120miles(200km).
191
8
In the event of a breakdown
Checking tyre pressures / inflating accessories
Youcanalsousethecompressor,without
injectinganyproduct,to:
- checkoradjustthepressureofyourtyres,
- inflateotheraccessories(balls,bicycle
tyres...).
F Turn the selector A to the
"Air"position.
F UncoiltheblackpipeHfully.
F Connectthecompressor'selectrical
connectortothevehicle's12Vsocket.
F Startthevehicleandlettheenginerun.
F Adjustthepressureusingthecompressor
(toinflate:switchB in position "I";
todeflate:switchB in position "O"and
press button C),accordingtothevehicle's
tyrepressurelabelortheaccessory's
pressurelabel.
F Removethekitthenstowit.
Shouldthepressureofoneormore
tyresbeadjusted,itisnecessaryto
reinitialisetheunder-inflationdetection
system.
Formoreinformationonunder-inflation
detection,refertothecorresponding
section.
F Connecttheblackpipetothevalveofthe
wheeloraccessory.
Ifnecessary,fitoneoftheadaptors
suppliedwiththekitfirst.
192
In the event of a breakdown
Spare wheel
Thetoolsareinstalledinthebootunderthe
floor,ormaybelocated,dependingonversion,
underthefrontpassengerseat.
Access to the tools
List of tools
Allofthesetoolsarespecifictoyourvehicleand
canvaryaccordingtothelevelofequipment.Do
notusethemforotherpurposes.
1. Wheelbrace.
Forremovingthewheeltrimandthewheel
bolts.
2. Jackwithintegralhandle.
Forraisingthevehicle.
3. Wheelboltcoverremovaltool.
Forremovingthewheelboltcoversonalloy
wheelsorthecentralwheelcap(depending
onversion).
4. Removabletowingeye.
Formoreinformationontowing,refertothe
correspondingsection.
Procedureforchangingawheelwithadamagedtyreforthesparewheelusingthetoolsprovidedwiththevehicle.
Wheel with trim
When refitting the wheel,refitthetrim
startingbyplacingitsnotchfacingthevalve
andpressarounditsedgewiththepalmof
yourhand.
193
8
In the event of a breakdown
Taking out the wheel
F Unclipthetoolstoragebox(standardspare
wheel).
F Unscrewthecentralnut.
F Removethefixingparts(nutandbolt).
F Pullthesparewheeltowardsyoufromthe
rear.
F Takethewheeloutoftheboot.
Thesparewheelisinstalledinthebootunder
thefloor.
Dependingontheengine,thesparewheelis
astandardwheelorthe"space-saver"type
(BlueHDi100).
Access to the spare wheel
Putting the wheel back in place
F Putthewheelbackinitshousing.
F Unscrewthenutontheboltbyafewturns.
F Repositionthefixingparts(nutandbolt)in
thecentreofthewheel.
F Tightenfullyuntilthecentralnutclicksto
retainthewheelcorrectly.
F Clipthetoolstorageboxbackintoplace
(standardsparewheel).
In the absence of a wheel in the spare wheel
well,thefixingparts(nutandbolt)cannotbe
refitted.
194
In the event of a breakdown
Removing a wheel
Parking the vehicle
Immobilisethevehiclewhereitdoesnot
blocktraffic:thegroundmustbelevel,
stableandnotslippery.
Applytheparkingbrake,switchoffthe
ignitionandengagefirstgeartoblock
thewheels.
Checkthattheparkingbrakewarning
lampsintheinstrumentpanelcomeon.
Theoccupantsmustgetoutofthe
vehicleandwaitwheretheyaresafe.
Ensurethatthejackiscorrectly
positionedatoneofthevehicle's
jackingpoints.
Incorrectuseofthejackcouldcause
thevehicletodrop.
Nevergounderneathavehicleraised
usingajack;useanaxlestand.
List of operations
F Removethewheelboltcover(s)usingthe
tool 3(dependingonversion).
F Slackentheboltsusingthe
wheelbrace 1only.
Donotuse:
- thejackforanyotherpurposethan
liftingthevehicle,
- ajackotherthantheonesupplied
bythemanufacturer.
Thejackmustonlybeusedtochangea
wheelwithadamagedtyre.
Thejackdoesnotrequireany
maintenance.
ThejackconformstoEuropean
legislation,suchasdefinedinthe
MachineryDirective2006/42/CE.
195
8
In the event of a breakdown
F Positionthefootofthejack2ontheground
andensurethatitisdirectlybelowthe
front A or rear Bjackingpointprovidedon
theunderbody,whicheverisclosesttothe
wheeltobechanged.
F Extendthejack2untilitsheadcomesintocontactwiththejackingpointA or Bused;
thevehicle'scontactareaA or Bmustengagewiththecentralpartoftheheadofthejack.
F Raisethevehicleuntilthereissufficientspacebetweenthewheelandthegroundtoadmit
thespare(notpunctured)wheeleasily.
Ensurethatthejackisstable.Ifthegroundisslipperyorloose,thejackmayslipordrop-
Riskofinjury!
EnsurethatthejackispositionedonlyatoneofthejackingpointsA or Bunderthevehicle,
makingsurethatthevehicle'scontactsurfaceiscentredontheheadofthejack.Otherwise
thereisariskofdamagetothevehicleand/orofthejackdropping-Riskofinjury!
196
In the event of a breakdown
Fitting a wheel
Fitting the spare wheel
Ifyourvehicleisfittedwithalloywheels,
whentighteningtheboltsonfitting,itis
normaltonoticethatthewashersdonot
comeintocontactwiththesparewheel.
Thewheelissecuredbytheconical
surfaceofeachbolt.
After changing a wheel
Havethetighteningoftheboltsandthe
pressureofthesparewheelchecked
byaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshopwithoutdelay.
Havethepuncturedwheelrepaired
andrefittedtothevehicleassoonas
possible.
F Removetheboltsandstoretheminaclean
place.
F Removethewheel.
197
8
In the event of a breakdown
List of operations
F Putthewheelinplaceonthehub.
F Screwintheboltsfullybyhand.
F Pre-tightentheboltsusingthe
wheelbrace 1only.
F Lowerthevehiclefully.
F Foldthejack2anddetachit.
F Tightentheboltsusingthe
wheelbrace 1only.
F Refitthewheelboltcover(s)(dependingon
version).
198
In the event of a breakdown
Changingabulb
Front lamps
1. Daytimerunninglamps/Sidelamps
(LEDs).
2. Dippedbeamheadlamps(H7).
3. Mainbeamheadlamps(H1).
4. Directionindicators(PY21W).
5. Frontfoglamps(PS24W).
Insomeweatherconditions(e.g.low
temperatureorhumidity),thepresence
ofmistingontheinternalsurfaceofthe
glassoftheheadlampsandrearlamps
isnormal;itdisappearsafterthelamps
havebeenonforafewminutes.
Theheadlampshavepolycarbonate
lenseswithaprotectivecoating:
F do not clean them using a dry
or abrasive cloth, nor with a
detergent or solvent product,
F useaspongeandsoapywaterora
pHneutralproduct,
F whenusingahighpressurewasher
onpersistentmarks,donotkeep
thelancedirectedtowardsthe
lampsortheiredgesfortoolong,
soasnottodamagetheirprotective
coatingandseals.
Changingabulbshouldonlybedone
aftertheheadlamphasbeenswitched
offforseveralminutes(riskofserious
burns).
F Donottouchthebulbdirectlywith
yourfingers,usealint-freecloth.
Itisimperativetouseonlyanti-
ultraviolet(UV)typebulbstoavoid
damagingtheheadlamp.
Alwaysreplaceafailedbulbwitha
newbulbwiththesametypeand
specification.
199
8
In the event of a breakdown
Daytime running lamps /
Sidelamps (LEDs)
Forthereplacementofthelight-emitting
diodes(LEDs),contactaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
F Disconnectthebulbconnector.
F Removethebulbandchangeit.
Dipped beam headlamps
F Removetheprotectivecoverbypulling
thetab.
F Taketheconnectorandbulbholder,then
lifttheassemblyupwardstounclipit.
F Removetheassemblyofconnectorand
bulbholder.
Toreassemble,carryouttheseoperationsin
reverseorder,positioning the alignment lug
at the top.
200
In the event of a breakdown
Main beam headlamps
F Removetheprotectivecoverbypulling
thetab.
F Disconnectthebulbconnector(donot
removetheearthconnectorlocatedbelow).
F Pushonthespring,thenmoveittowards
themiddleofthevehicletorelease
thebulb.
F Removethebulbandchangeit.
Direction indicators
Ambercolouredbulbs,suchasthe
directionindicators,mustbereplaced
withbulbsofidenticalspecifications
andcolour.
Rapidflashingofthedirectionindicator
warninglamp(rightorleft)indicatesthe
failureofabulbonthatside.
F Turnthebulbholderaneighthofaturn
anti-clockwiseandextractit.
F Removethebulbandchangeit.
Toreassemble,carryouttheseoperationsin
reverseorder.
Toreassemble,carryouttheseoperationsin
reverseorder.
201
8
In the event of a breakdown
Front foglamps
You can also contact a CITROËN
dealeroraqualifiedworkshopforthe
replacementofthesebulbs.
F Belowthefrontbumper,unscrew
the3wheelarchlinerfixingscrews.
F Movethewheelarchlinerasidetoallow
accesstothefrontfoglamp.
F Disconnecttheconnectorfromthebulb
holderbypressingonitstab,located
atthetop.
F Removethebulbholderbysqueezing
thetwoclips(topandbottom)withthumb
andfinger.
F Replacethemodule(bulbholderandbulb).
Toreassemble,carryouttheseoperationsin
reverseorder.
202
In the event of a breakdown
Direction indicator side
repeaters
F Insertascrewdriverintheedgeofthe
repeater.
F Leverwiththescrewdrivertoextractthe
repeaterandpullitout.
F Disconnectthewiringfromtherepeater.
F Replacethemodule.
Toobtainanewmodule,contactaCITROËN
dealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
To refit, carry out these operations in reverse
order.
Whileremovingthemodule:
- takecarenottodamageyour
vehicle'spaintworkwiththe
screwdriver,
- donotallowthewiringand
connectortoslipbehindthewing.
Ifyouexperienceanydifficultyin
replacingtheselamps,youcancontact
aCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshop.
203
8
In the event of a breakdown
1. Sidelamps(W5W).
2. Brakelamps(P21W).
3. Directionindicators(PY21W).
4. Foglamporreversinglamp(P21W).
Rear lamps
Changing bulbs
Toreassemble,carryouttheseoperationsin
reverseorder.
F Spreadthebulbholderretainersand
removethebulbholder.
F Replacethefailedbulb:
- forthesidelamp,pullthebulb(theupper
one) out,
- fortheotherlamps,turnthe
correspondingbulb(lower)aquarter
turn.
Thesebulbsarechangedfrominsidetheboot.
F Opentheboot.
F Removethecorrespondingaccesscoverin
thetrimpanel.
F Disconnectthelampunitconnectora by
pressingthelockingbutton(locatedunder
theconnectorfortherighthandlamp
andabovetheconnectorforthelefthand
lamp).
F Slackenandremovethenutb (take care
not to drop it inside the wing).
F Pressdownontheretainingclipforlamp
unit c,thencarefullyremoveittowardsthe
outside.
Takecaretoengagethelampunitinits
guides,whilekeepingitinlinewiththe
vehicle.
Tightensufficientlytoensuresealing,
butwithoutdamagingthelamp.
204
In the event of a breakdown
Third brake lamp (LEDs) Number plate lamps (W5W)
Torefit,pressonthelenstoclipitinplace.
F Insertathinscrewdriverintooneofthe
cutoutsinthethelens.
F Pushitoutwardstounclipit.
F Removethelens.
F Changethefaultybulb.
Forthereplacementofthelight-emitting
diodes(LEDs),contactaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
205
8
In the event of a breakdown
F Usingasmallflatbladescrewdriver,unclip
theconsoleassemblysurroundingthe
courtesylamp.
F Removethefailedbulbandchangeit.
F Refittheconsolearoundthecourtesy
lamp,ensuringthatitisclippedincorrectly.
Courtesy lamp
with bulbs (W5W)
Courtesy lamp
with LEDs
Forthereplacementofthelight-emitting
diodes(LEDs),contactaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
Boot (W5W)
F Unclipthelampbypushingthebodyfrom
behind.
F Removethebulbandchange.
F Refitthelamp.
Interior lighting
206
In the event of a breakdown
Beforechangingafuse:
F thecauseofthefailuremustbeidentified
andrectified,
F allelectricalconsumersmustbe
switchedoff,
F thevehiclemustbeimmobilisedwiththe
ignitionoff,
F identifythefailedfuseusingthetablesand
layoutdrawingsinthefollowingpages.
Changing a fuse
Good Failed
Thereplacementofafusenotshownin
thetablesbelowmaycauseaserious
malfunctionofyourvehicle.Contact
aCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshop.
Tweezer
Changingafuse
Theextractiontweezerisfittedtothebackof
thecoverofthedashboardfuseboxes.
Access to the tools
Toreplaceafuse,youmust:
F usethespecialtweezertoextractthefuse
fromitshousingandchecktheconditionof
itsfilament.
F alwaysreplacethefailedfusewithafuse
ofthesamerating(samecolour);using
adifferentratingcouldcausefaults(risk
offire).
Ifthefusefailsagainsoonafterreplacement,
havethevehicle'selectricalsystemcheckedby
aCITROËNdealeroraqualifiedworkshop.
F Unclipthecoverbypullingatthetopleft,
thenright.
F Disengagethecovercompletelyandturnit
over.
F Removethetweezerfromthebackof
thecover.
207
8
In the event of a breakdown
CITROËN will not accept responsibility
forthecostincurredinrepairingyour
vehicleorforrectifyingmalfunctions
resultingfromtheinstallationof
accessoriesnotsuppliedandnot
recommendedbyCITROËNand
notinstalledinaccordancewithits
instructions, in particular when the
combinedconsumptionofallofthe
additionalequipmentconnected
exceeds10milliamperes.
Installing electrical
accessories
Yourvehicle'selectricalsystemis
designedtooperatewithstandardor
optionalequipment.
Beforeinstallingotherelectrical
equipmentoraccessoriesonyour
vehicle,contactaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
208
In the event of a breakdown
Dashboard fuses
Thetwofuseboxesareplacedinthelower
dashboard,attheglovebox.
Fuse
Rating
(A)
Functions
F01 10 Brakepedal(switch2),Stop&Start.
F02 5
Headlampbeamheightadjuster,additionalheater(Diesel),
parkingsensors,diagnosticsocket,doormirrors(electric
adjustment),GripControl.
F03 10
Dieseladditivepump,electricpowersteering,clutchpedal
(switch).
F04 5 Rainandsunshinesensor.
F06 10 Brakepedal(switch1),diagnosticsocket.
F08 5 Topofsteeringcolumncontactswithsteeringmountedcontrols.
F10 15 Emergencycall/Assistancecall.
F12 5 Stop&Start,ABS,ESC.
F13 5 Parkingsensors,reversingcamera
F14 10
Electronicgearbox,switchpanel(belowthetouchscreen
tablet),airconditioning,touchscreentablet.
F16 15 12Voltsocket.
F18 20 Radio.
Access to the fuses
F Unclipthecoverbypullingattopleft,then
right.
Left hand fusebox
209
8
In the event of a breakdown
Fuse
Rating
(A)
Functions
F19 5 Seatbeltunfastenedwarning.
F20 5 Airbags.
F21 5 Instrumentpanel.
F22 30 Locks.
F23 5 Courtesylamp.mapreadinglamp.
F26 15 Horn.
F27 15 Frontandrearscreenwash.
F28 5 Ignitionswitch.
F30 15 Rear wiper
210
In the event of a breakdown
Right hand fuse box
Fuse
Rating
(A)
Functions
F30 10 Heatedmirrors.
F31 25 Heatedrearscreen.
F34 30 Frontelectricwindows.
F38 20 Trailerinterfaceunit.
F40 25 Trailerinterfaceunit.
211
8
In the event of a breakdown
Engine compartment fuses
Access to the fuses
F Unclipthecover.
F Changethefuse(seecorresponding
paragraph).
F Whenyouhavefinished,closethecover
carefullytoensurecorrectsealingofthe
fusebox.
Fuse
Rating
(A)
Functions
F1 40 Airconditioning.
F2 30 / 40 Stop&Start.
F3 30 Passengercompartmentfusebox.
F4 70 Passengercompartmentfusebox.
F5 70 Built-inSystemsInterface(BSI).
F6 60 Coolingfanassembly.
F7 80 Built-inSystemsInterface(BSI).
F8 15 Enginemanagement,petrolpump.
F9 15 Enginemanagement.
F10 15 Enginemanagement.
F11 20 Enginemanagement.
F12 5 Coolingfanassembly.
F13 5 Built-inSystemsInterface(BSI).
F14 5 Batterychargeunit(nonStop&Startengine).
F15 5 Stop&Start.
F17 5 Built-inSystemsInterface(BSI).
F18 10 Righthandmainbeamheadlamp.
Thefuseboxisplacedintheengine
compartmentnearthebattery.
212
In the event of a breakdown
Fuse
Rating
(A)
Functions
F19 10 Lefthandmainbeamheadlamp.
F20 30 Enginemanagement.
F21 30 Startermotor.
F22 40 Electronicgearbox.
F23 40 ABS,ESC.
F24 20 ABS,ESC.
F25 30 Passengercompartmentfusebox.
F26 15 Electronicgearbox.
F27 25 Built-inSystemsInterface(BSI).
F28 30 Dieselemissionscontrolsystem(AdBlue
®
).
F29 40 Windscreenwipers.
F30 80 Preheatercontrolunit.
F31 100 Additionalheater(Diesel).
F32 80 Electricpowersteering.
213
8
In the event of a breakdown
12Vbattery
Thebatteryislocatedunderthebonnet.
Togainaccesstoit:
F openthebonnetusingtheinteriorrelease
lever,thentheexteriorsafetycatch,
F secure the bonnet stay,
F lifttheplasticcoveronthe(+)terminal.
Access to the battery
Procedureforstartingtheengineusinganotherbatteryorchargingadischargedbattery.
Protectyoureyesandfacebefore
handlingthebattery.
Alloperationsonthebatterymustbe
carriedoutinawellventilatedareaand
awayfromnakedflamesandsources
ofsparks,soastoavoidtheriskof
explosionorfire.
Washyourhandsafterwards.
VersionsequippedwithStop&Startare
fittedwitha12Vlead-acidbatteryof
specifictechnologyandspecification.
Itsreplacementshouldbecarriedout
onlybyaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshop.
General points
Lead-acid starter batteries
Batteriescontainharmfulsubstances
suchassulphuricacidandlead.
Theymustbedisposedofin
accordancewithregulationsandmust
not,inanycircumstances,bediscarded
withhouseholdwaste.
Takeusedremotecontrolbatteriesand
vehicle batteries to a special collection
point.
Withanelectronicgearbox,donottryto
starttheenginebypushingthevehicle.
The(-)batteryterminalisnotaccessible.
Aremoteearthpointislocatedontheright-
handfrontwing.
214
In the event of a breakdown
Whenyourvehicle'sbatteryisdischarged,the
enginecanbestartedusingaslavebattery
(externaloronanothervehicle)andjumplead
cablesorabatterybooster.
Starting using another battery
F Raisetheplasticcoveronthe(+)terminal,
ifyourvehiclehasone.
F Connecttheredcabletothepositive
terminal(+)oftheflatbatteryA (at
themetalelbow)thentothepositive
terminal(+)oftheslavebatteryB or
thebooster.
F Connectoneendofthegreenorblack
cabletothenegativeterminal(-)ofthe
slave battery B or the booster (or earth
pointontheothervehicle).
F Connecttheotherendofthegreenorblack
cable to the earth point Conthebroken
downvehicle.
F Starttheengineofthevehiclewiththe
goodbatteryandleaveitrunningforafew
minutes.
F Operatethestarteronthebrokendown
vehicleandlettheenginerun.
Iftheenginedoesnotstartstraightaway,
switchofftheignitionandwaitafewmoments
beforetryingagain.
Nevertrytostarttheengineby
connectingabatterycharger.
Neverusea24Vorhigherbattery
booster.
Firstcheckthattheslavebatteryhasa
nominalvoltageof12Vandacapacity
atleastequaltothatofthedischarged
battery.
Thetwovehiclesmustnotbeincontact
witheachother.
Switchofftheelectricalconsumerson
bothvehicles(audiosystem,wipers,
lighting,...).
Ensurethatthejumpleadcablesdo
notpassclosetomovingpartsofthe
engine(coolingfan,belts,...).
Donotdisconnectthe(+)terminalwhen
theengineisrunning.
F Waituntiltheenginereturnstoidlethen
disconnectthejumpleadcablesinthe
reverseorder.
F Refittheplasticcovertothe(+)terminal,if
yourvehiclehasone.
F Allowtheenginetorunforatleast
30minutes,bydrivingorwiththevehicle
stationary, so that the battery reaches an
adequatestateofcharge.
Somefunctions,includingStop&Start,
are not available if the battery is not
sufficientlycharged.
215
8
In the event of a breakdown
Charging the battery using
a battery charger
Foroptimumservicelifeofthebattery,itis
essentialtomaintainanadequatestateof
charge.
Insomecircumstancesitmaybenecessaryto
chargethebattery:
- ifyouuseyourvehicleessentiallyforshort
journeys,
- ifthevehicleistobetakenofftheroadfor
severalweeks.
ContactaCITROËNdealeroraqualified
workshop.
Itisnotnecessarytodisconnectthe
battery.
Nevertrytochargeafrozenbattery.
If the battery has been frozen, have
itcheckedbyaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop,whowillcheckthat
theinternalcomponentshavenotbeen
damagedandthecasingisnotcracked,
whichcouldcausealeakoftoxicand
corrosiveacid.
Ifyouenvisagechargingyourvehicle's
batteryyourself,useonlyacharger
compatiblewithlead-acidbatteriesofa
nominalvoltageof12V.
If this label is present, it is essential
touseonlya12Vcharger,toavoid
causingirreversibledamagetothe
electricalcomponentsrelatedtothe
Stop&Startsystem.
Followtheinstructionsforuseprovided
bythemanufacturerofthecharger.
Neverreversepolarities.
F Switchofftheignition.
F Switchoffallelectricalconsumers(audio
system,lighting,wipers,...).
F SwitchoffthechargerBbeforeconnecting
thecablestothebattery,soastoavoidany
dangeroussparks.
F Ensurethatthechargercablesareingood
condition.
F ConnectthechargerBcablesasfollows:
- thepositive(+)redcabletothe(+)
terminalofthebatteryA,
- thenegative(-)blackcabletotheearth
point Conthevehicle.
F Attheendofthechargingoperation,switch
offthechargerBbeforedisconnectingthe
cablesfromthebatteryA.
216
In the event of a breakdown
Donotforcetheleveraslockingwill
notbepossibleiftheclampisnot
positionedcorrectly;starttheprocedure
again.
Quick release terminal
Disconnecting the (+) terminal
F Raise the lever A fully to release the
clampB.
TheStop&Startsystemmaynotbe
operationalduringthetripfollowingthe
firstenginestart.
Inthiscase,thesystemwillonlybe
availableagainafteracontinuous
periodofimmobilisationofthevehicle,
aperiodwhichdependsontheambient
temperatureandthestateofchargeof
thebattery(uptoabout8hours).
Itisrecommendedthatthebatterybe
disconnectedifthevehicleisnottobeused
foraverylongperiod,soastomaintainan
adequatestateofchargeforstartingthe
engine.
Beforedisconnectingthebattery:
F closeallopenings(doors,boot,windows,
roof),
F switchoffallelectricalconsumers(audio
system,wipers,lighting...),
F switchofftheignitionandthenwait
fourminutes.
Atthebattery,simplydetachthe(+)terminal.
Disconnecting the battery
Followingreconnectionofthebattery,switchon
theignitionandwait1minutebeforestartingto
permitinitialisationoftheelectronicsystems.
However,ifproblemsremainfollowingthis
operation,contactaCITROËNdealerora
qualifiedworkshop.
Referringtothecorrespondingsection,you
mustyourselfreinitialise(dependingon
version):
- theremotecontrolkey,
- ...
Following reconnection of the battery
Reconnecting the (+) terminal
F PositiontheopenclampB of the cable on
thepositivepost(+)ofthebattery.
F Pressdownontheclamptopositionit
correctlyonthebatterypost.
F LocktheclampbyloweringtheleverA.
217
8
In the event of a breakdown
Towing
General recommendations
Observethelegislationinforceinyourcountry.
Ensurethattheweightofthetowingvehicleishigherthanthatofthetowedvehicle.
Thedrivermustremainatthewheelofthetowedvehicleandmusthaveavaliddrivinglicence.
Whentowingavehiclewithallfourwheelsontheground,alwaysuseanapprovedtowingarm;
ropeandstrapsareprohibited.
Thetowingvehiclemustmoveoffgently.
Whentowingavehiclewiththeengineoff,thereisnolongeranypowerassistanceforbraking
orsteering.
Inthefollowingcases,youmustalwayscallonaprofessionalrecoveryservice:
- vehiclebrokendownonamotorwayorfastroad,
- four-wheeldrivevehicle,
- whenitisnotpossibletoputthegearboxintoneutral,unlockthesteering,orreleasethe
parkingbrake,
- towingwithonlytwowheelsontheground,
- wherethereisnoapprovedtowingarmavailable...
Procedureforhavingyourvehicletowedorfortowinganothervehicleusingaremovabletowingeye.
The towing eyeisstowedunderthebootfloor,
ormaybelocatedunderthefrontpassenger
seat,dependingonversion.
218
In the event of a breakdown
Towing another vehicle
F Ontherearbumper,pressthebottomof
thecovertounclipit.
F Screwthetowingeyeinfully.
F Installatowingarm.
F Switchonthehazardwarninglampson
bothvehicles.
F Moveoffgentlyanddriveslowlyovera
shortdistanceonly.
F Onthefrontbumper,pressatthebottomof
thecovertounclipit.
F Screwthetowingeyeinfully.
F Installatowingarm.
F Putthegearleverintoneutral(controlN for
anelectronicgearbox).
Towing the vehicle
Failuretofollowthisinstructioncould
leadtodamagetocertaincomponents
(brakes,transmission,...)andthe
absenceofbrakingassistanceon
restartingtheengine.
F Unlockthesteeringbyturningtheignition
keyonenotchandreleasetheparking
brake.
F Switchonthehazardwarninglampson
bothvehicles.
F Moveoffgentlyanddriveslowlyovera
shortdistanceonly.
219
8
In the event of a breakdown
Runningoutoffuel(Diesel)
OnvehiclesfittedwithHDiengines,thefuel
systemmustbeprimedifyourunoutoffuel.
e-HDi 92 engine
F Fillthefueltankwithatleastfivelitresof
diesel.
F Openthebonnet.
F Ifnecessary,unclipthestylingcoverfor
accesstotheprimingpump.
F Squeezeandreleasetheprimingpump
repeatedlyuntilresistanceisfelt(there
mayberesistanceatthefirstpress).
F Operatethestarteruntiltheenginestarts
(iftheenginedoesnotstartatthefirst
attempt,waitaround15secondsbefore
tryingagain).
F Iftheenginedoesnotstartafterafew
attempts,operatetheprimingpumpagain
thenstarttheengine.
F Clipthestylingcoverbackinplace.
F Closethebonnet.
Iftheenginedoesnotstartfirsttime,
don'tkeeptryingbutstarttheprocedure
againfromthebeginning.
BlueHDi engine
F Fillthefueltankwithatleastfivelitresof
Diesel.
F Switchontheignition(withoutstartingthe
engine).
F Waitaround6secondsandswitchoffthe
ignition.
F Repeattheoperation10times.
F Operatethestartertoruntheengine.
220
Technical data
Engine PureTech 75 PureTech 82 PureTech 82 S&S PureTech 110 S&S
Gearbox
Manual
(5-speed)
Manual
(5-speed)
ETG electronic
(5-speed)
Manual
(5-speed)
Model code 0PHMU 0PHMZ 0PHNZ
Cubic capacity (cc) 1199 1199 1199
Borexstroke(mm) 75x90.5 75x90.5 75x90.5
Maxpower:EUstandard(kW)* 55 60 81
Maxpowerenginespeed(rpm) 5750 5750 5500
Maxtorque:EUstandard(Nm) 116 118 205
Maxtorqueenginespeed(rpm) 2750 2750 1500
Fuel Unleaded Unleaded Unleaded
Catalytic converter yes yes yes
Engineoilcapacitywithreplacementoftheoil
filter (in litres)
3.25 3.25 3.5
*Themaximumpowercorrespondstothetypeapprovedvalueonatestbed,underconditionsdefinedbyEuropeanlegislation
(directive1999/99/EC).
Enginesandgearboxes-PETROL
221
9
Technical data
Engine PureTech 75 PureTech 82 PureTech 82 S&S PureTech 110 S&S
Gearbox
Manual
(5-speed)
Manual
(5-speed)
ETG electronic
(5-speed)
Manual
(5-speed)
Model code 0PHMU 0PHMZ 0PHNZ
Unladenweight 965 965 975 1020
Kerbweight* 1040 1040 1050 1095
Grossvehicleweight
(GVW)
1500 1500 1510 1555
Grosstrainweight(GTW)
ona12%gradient
1900 1900 1910 2155
Brakedtrailer**
ona10%or12%gradient
720 720 725 825
Unbrakedtrailer** 520 520 525 545
Recommendednoseweight(towbar) 55 55 55 55
Weightsandtowedloads(inkg)-PETROL
TheGTWandtowedloadvaluesindicatedarevaliduptoamaximumaltitudeof1000metres;thetowedloadmentionedmustbereducedby10%for
eachadditional1000metresofaltitude.
Neverexceed60mph(100km/h)whentowing(complywiththelegislationinforceinyourcountry).
Highambienttemperaturesmayresultinareductionintheperformanceofthevehicletoprotecttheengine;iftheambienttemperatureisabove37°C,
limitthetowedload.
*Thekerbweightisequaltotheunladenweight+driver(75kg).
**MaximumtrailerweightwithintheGTWlimit.
222
Technical data
Engine e-HDi 92 BlueHDi 100 BlueHDi 100 S&S
Gearbox
ETG6electronic
(6-speed)
Manual
(5-speed)
Manual
(5-speed)
ETG6electronic
(6-speed)
Model code 0B9HP 0BBHY 0BBHY
Cubic capacity (cc) 1560 1560 1560
Borexstroke(mm) 75x88.3 75x88.3 75x88.3
Maxpower:EUstandard(kW)* 68 73 73
Maxpowerenginespeed(rpm) 4000 3750 3750
Maxtorque:EUstandard(Nm) 230 254 254
Maxtorqueenginespeed(rpm) 1750 1750 1750
Fuel Diesel Diesel Diesel
Catalytic converter yes yes yes
Particle filter yes yes yes
Engineoilcapacitywithreplacementoftheoil
filter (in litres)
3.75 3.75 3.75
*Themaximumpowercorrespondstothevaluetypeapprovedonatestbed,underconditionsdefinedbyEuropeanlegislation
(Directive1999/99/EC).
Enginesandgearboxes-DIESEL
223
9
Technical data
Engine e-HDi 92 BlueHDi 100 BlueHDi 100 S&S
Gearbox
ETG6electronic
(6-speed)
Manual
(5-speed)
Manual
(5-speed)
ETG6electronic
(6-speed)
Model code 0B9HP 0BBHY 0BBHY
Unladenweight 1055 1068 1070 1085
Kerbweight* 1130 1143 1145 1160
Grossvehicleweight(GVW) 1605 1610 1610 1630
Grosstrainweight(GTW)
ona12%gradient
2205 2210 2210 2230
Brakedtrailer(withinGTWlimit)
ona10%or12%gradient
825 825 825 825
Unbrakedtrailer 565 570 570 580
Recommendednoseweight(towbar) 55 55 55 55
Weightsandtowedloads(inkg)-DIESEL
*Thekerbweightisequaltotheunladenweight+driver(75kg).
TheGTWandtowedloadvaluesindicatedarevaliduptoamaximumaltitudeof1000metres;thetowedloadmentionedmustbereducedby10%for
eachadditional1000metresofaltitude.
Neverexceed60mph(100km/h)whentowing(complywiththelegislationinforceinyourcountry).
Highambienttemperaturesmayresultinareductionintheperformanceofthevehicletoprotecttheengine;iftheambienttemperatureisabove37°C,
limitthetowedload.
224
Technical data
Dimensions(inmm)
Thesedimensionshavebeenmeasuredonanunladenvehicle.
225
9
Technical data
Identicationmarkings
Variousvisiblemarkingsfortheidentificationofyourvehicle.
A. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
under the bonnet.
Thisnumberisengravedonthechassis
neartherighthandfrontwheelarch.
Thetyrepressuresmustbechecked
whenthetyresarecold,atleastonce
amonth.
If the tyre pressures are too low, this
increasesfuelconsumption.
C. Manufacturer's label.
Thisself-destroyinglabelonthemiddle
doorpillar,rightorlefthandside,contains
thefollowinginformation:
- themanufacturer'sname,
- theEuropeanwholevehicletype
approvalnumber,
- thevehicleidentificationnumber(VIN),
- themaximumauthorisedweight(gross
vehicleweight),
- themaximumauthorisedweightwith
trailer(grosstrainweight),
- themaximumfrontaxleweight,
- themaximumrearaxleweight.
D. Tyre/paint label.
Thislabelonthemiddledoorpillar,driver's
side,containsthefollowinginformation:
- thetyreinflationpressures,ladenand
unladen,
- thetyresizes(includingthetyreload
indexandspeedrating),
- theinflationpressureforthespare
wheel,
- thepaintcolourcode.
B. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) on
the windscreen lower cross member.
Thisnumberisindicatedonaself-
adhesivelabelwhichisvisiblethrough
thewindscreen.
Audio and Telematics
226
Emergencyorassistancecall
Ifanimpactisdetectedbytheairbag
controlunit,andindependentlyof
thedeploymentofanyairbags,an
emergencycallismadeautomatically.
Localised Emergency Call
Inanemergency,pressthis
buttonformorethan2seconds.
Flashingofthegreenindicator
lampandavoicemessage
confirmthatthecallhas
beenmadetothe"Localised
EmergencyCall"*centre.
Pressingthisbuttonagainimmediatelycancels
thecall.
Thegreenindicatorlampgoesoff.
Atanytime,pressingthisbuttonformorethan
8secondscancelsthecall.
Thegreenindicatorlampremainson(without
flashing)whencommunicationisestablished.
Itgoesoffattheendofthecall.
Thiscallisdealtwithbythe"Localised
EmergencyCall"centre,whichreceives
locatinginformationfromthevehicleand
cansendadetailedalerttotheappropriate
emergencyservices.
In countries in which a centre is not
operational,orwhenthelocatingservice
hasbeenexpresslydeclined,thecallisdealt
withdirectlybytheemergencyservices(112)
withoutthevehiclelocation.
*Theseservicesaresubjecttoconditionsand
availability.
ConsultaCITROËNdealer.
IfyoubenefitfromtheCITROËN
ConnectBoxofferwiththeSOSand
assistancepackincluded,thereare
additionalservicesavailabletoyouin
your MyCITROËN personal space, via
the CITROËN Internet website in your
country,accessibleonwww.citroen.com.
.
Audio and Telematics
227
Localised Assistance Call
Ifyoupurchasedyourvehicleoutside
theCITROËNdealernetwork,we
inviteyoutohaveadealercheckthe
configurationoftheseservicesand,if
desired,modifiedtosuityourwishes.
Inamulti-lingualcountry,configuration
is possible in the official national
languageofyourchoice.
For technical reasons, particularly
toimprovethequalityofTelematic
servicestocustomers,the
manufacturerreservestherightto
carryoutupdatestothevehicle'son-
boardtelematicsystem.
Thefaultwiththesystemdoesnot
preventthevehiclebeingdriven.
Pressthisbuttonformorethan
2secondstorequestassistance
ifthevehiclebreaksdown.
Avoicemessageconfirmsthat
thecallhasbeenstarted*.
Pressingthisbuttonagainimmediatelycancels
therequest.
Thecancellationisconfirmedbyavoice
message.
Theorangeindicatorlampisonfixed:theback-
upbatteryshouldbereplaced.
Inbothcases,theemergencyandassistance
callsservicemaynotwork.
Contactaqualifiedrepairerassoonas
possible.
Operation of the system
Whentheignitionisswitchedon,
thegreenindicatorlampcomes
onfor3secondsindicatingthat
thesystemisoperatingcorrectly.
Theorangeindicatorlamp
flashesthengoesoff:thesystem
hasafault.
*Theseservicesaresubjecttoconditionsand
availability.
ConsultaCITROËNdealer.
.
Audio and Telematics
229
7-inchtouchscreentablet
GPS satellite navigation - Multimedia audio - Bluetooth
®
telephone
Contents
Firststeps 230
Steeringmountedcontrols 233
Menus 234
Media 236
Radio 242
DAB(DigitalAudioBroadcasting)radio 244
Music 246
Navigation 250
Navigation-Guidance 258
Trafc 262
Conguration 264
Connectedservices 272
CITROËNMulticityConnect 273
Telephone 274
Frequentlyaskedquestions 282
Thesystemisprotectedinsuchawaythatitwillonlyoperatein
yourvehicle.
Asasafetymeasure,thedrivershouldonlycarryoutoperations
whichrequireprolongedattentionwhilethevehicleisstationary.
Thedisplayofanenergyeconomymodemessagesignalsthat
electricalsystemsoperatingaregoingintostandby.
Refertotheenergyeconomymodesection.
Audio and Telematics
230
First steps
Usethebuttonsoneithersideofthetouch
screentabletforaccesstothemenus,then
press the virtual buttons in the touch screen
tablet.
Eachmenuisdisplayedinoneortwopages
(primarypageandsecondarypage).
Secondarypage
Primarypage
Inveryhotconditions,thesystemmay
gointostand-by(screenandsound
completelyoff)foraminimumperiodof
5minutes.
.
Audio and Telematics
231
Withtheenginerunning,pressto
mutethesound.
Withtheignitionoff,presstoswitch
thesystemon.
Volumeadjustment(eachsource
isindependent,includingTraffic
announcements(TA)andnavigation
instructions).
Selectingtheaudiosource(dependingon
version):
- "FM"/"AM"/"DAB"*stations.
- "USB"memorystick.
- TelephoneconnectedbyBluetooth*and
Bluetooth*audiostreaming.
- Mediaplayerconnectedtotheauxiliary
socket(jack,cablenotsupplied).
*Dependingonequipment.
Short-cuts:usingthetouchbuttonsintheupper
bandofthetouchscreentablet,itispossible
togodirectlytotheselectionofaudiosource,
thelistofstations(ortitles,dependingonthe
source)ortothetemperaturesetting.
The screen is of the "resistive" type, it
isnecessarytopressfirmly,particularly
for"flick"gestures(scrollingthrougha
list,movingthemap...).Asimplewipe
willnotbeenough.Pressingwithmore
thanonefingerisnotrecognised.
Thescreencanbeusedwhenwearing
gloves.Thistechnologyallowsuseat
alltemperatures.
Inveryhotconditions,thevolumemay
belimitedtoprotectthesystem.The
returntonormaltakesplacewhen
thetemperatureinthepassenger
compartmentdrops.
To clean the screen, use a soft
non-abrasivecloth(spectaclescloth)
withoutanyadditionalproduct.
Donotusepointedobjectsonthe
screen.
Do not touch the screen with wet
hands.
.
Audio and Telematics
233
Steeringmountedcontrols
Media:changethemultimedia
source.
Telephone:startacall.
Callinprogress:accesstothe
telephonemenu(Endcall,Secret
mode,Hands-freemode).
Telephone,pressandhold:rejectan
incomingcall,endacallinprogress;
otherthanacallinprogress,access
tothetelephonemenu.
Decreasevolume.
Radio,turn:automaticsearchforthe
previous/nextstation.
Media,turn:previous/nexttrack.
Press:confirmaselection.
Radio:displaythelistofstations.
Media:displaythelistoftracks.
Radio,pressandhold:updatethelist
ofstationsreceived.
Increasevolume.
Audio and Telematics
234
Menus
Media
Air conditioning Driving assistance
Navigation
Selectanaudiosource,aradiostation,display
photographs.
Controlofthesettingsfortemperatureandair
flow.
Accesstothetripcomputer.
Activate,deactivate,adjustsettingsforcertain
vehiclefunctions.
Enternavigationsettingsandchoosea
destination.
(Dependingonequipment)
.
Audio and Telematics
235
Telephone
Configuration
Connected services
Connect a telephone by Bluetooth
®
.Adjusttheaudiosettings(balance,
ambience...),thebrightnessoftheinstruments
andcontrols,thedisplaysettings(language,
units,date,time...)andaccesstheinteractive
helpforthemainvehiclesystemsandwarning
lamps.
CITROËN MULTICITY CONNECT
Connect to an applications portal to facilitate,
makesafeandpersonalisejourneysbymeans
ofaconnectionkeyavailableonsubscription
fromaCITROËNdealer.
(Dependingonequipment)
Audio and Telematics
236
Media
Level 1 Level 2
List of FM stations
Preset
"Media"
Primary page
.
Audio and Telematics
237
Level 1 Level 2 Comments
Media
List
List of FM stations Pressonaradiostationtoselectit.
Media
Source
FM Radio
Selectchangeofsource
DAB Radio
AM Radio
USB
iPod
Bluetooth
AUX
Media
Preset
Pressonanemptylocationto"Preset"(save)toit.
Audio and Telematics
238
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Media
Photos
List of FM stations
"Media"
Secondary page
.
Audio and Telematics
239
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Comments
Media
Secondary page
Radio list
Save Pressaradiostationtoselectit.
Update list Updatethelistofstationsreceived.
Frequency Enterthedesiredradiofrequency.
Confirm Savethesettings.
Media
Secondary page
Photos
Page selection Displaytheselectedphotofullscreen.
Rotate Rotatethephoto90°.
Select all
Selectallthephotosinthelist.
Pressagaintodeselect.
Slideshow
Previousphoto.
Displaythephotosinsequence,fullscreen.Pause/Play.
Nextphoto.
Confirm Savethesettings.
Audio and Telematics
240
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Media
Settings
Settings
Settings
"Media"
Secondary page
.
Audio and Telematics
241
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Comments
Media
Secondary page
Media list
Presentationofthelastmediaused.
Media
Secondary page
Settings
Media
Settings
Shuffle(alltracks)
Choosetheplaysettings.
Shuffle(currentalbum)
Repeat
Aux.amplification
Radio
Settings
RDS options
Activateordeactivatetheoptions.
DAB/FMstationtracking
DisplayRadioText
Digitalradioslideshow
display
Announcements
Settings
Trafficannouncements(TA)
Activateordeactivatetheoptions.
Weather
Sport-Programmesinfo
Alertsettings
Confirm Savethesettings.
Audio and Telematics
242
Press on Mediatodisplaythe
primarypage.
Press on Mediatodisplaythe
primarypagethenselect"Save".
Ifnecessary,selectchangeof
source.
Press on Mediatodisplaythe
primarypage.
By automatic frequency search
Select "Radio list"inthesecondary
page.
Selectapresetradiostation
inthelist.
Select "FM Radio" or "AM Radio".
Selectaradiostationfrom
thelistoffered.
Select "Update list" to refresh the
list.
Press on Mediatodisplaythe
primarypagethengotothe
secondarypage.
Select "List"intheprimarypage.
Radio
Changing a radio frequencySelecting a station
OR
or
OR
Theexteriorenvironment(hills,buildings,
tunnel,carpark,belowground...)may
prevent reception, even in RDS station
trackingmode.Thisphenomenonis
normalinthepropagationofradiowaves
andisinnowayindicativeofafaultwith
theaudiosystem.
or
Press 3 or 4tomovethecursorforan
automaticsearchdownorupforaradio
frequency.
Press on Mediatodisplaythe
primarypagethenpressonthe
secondarypage.
Press on "Enter frequency" to
displaytheprimarypagethenpress
onthesecondarypage.
.
Audio and Telematics
243
Selectthechangeofsource.
Select "FM Radio" or "AM Radio".
Selectaradiostationorfrequency
(refertothecorrespondingsection).
Press on Mediatodisplaythe
primarypagethengotothe
secondarypage.
Select "Settings".
Select "Radio".
Activate/deactivate"RDS
options".
Press on "Save".
Selectanumberinthelisttopresetthe
previouslychosenradiostation.
Alongpressonanumberpresets(memorises)
thestation.
Enterthefrequencyinfull(e.g.:
92.10MHz)usingthekeypadthen
"Confirm".
By alphabetical list
Pressthecurrentradiobandthenchoosethe
radiostationfromthelistoffered.
Or
Press on Mediatodisplaythe
primarypagethenselect"Save".
Preset a station Activate/ Deactivate RDS
THEN
OR
A press on this button presets all of
thestationsoneaftertheother.
Recall preset stations
RDS,ifactivated,allowsyoutocontinue
listeningtothesamestationbyautomatic
retuningtoalternativefrequencies.
However,incertainconditions,coverage
ofanRDSstationmaynotbeassured
throughouttheentirecountryas
radiostationsdonotcover100%of
theterritory.Thisexplainsthelossof
receptionofthestationduringajourney.
Audio and Telematics
244
Displayofoptions:
ifactivebutnotavailable,thedisplaywillbegreyedout,
ifactiveandavailable,thedisplaywillbeblank.
Displayof"Radiotext"for
thecurrentstation.
Selecttheaudiosource.
Displaythe"DAB"band.
Displayofthenameofthe
currentstation.
Short-cut:accesstothechoiceofaudiosource,
thelistofstations(ortitlesdependingonthe
source)ortemperatureadjustment. Selecttheradiostation.
Anythumbnailbroadcastby
thestation.
Preset stations,
buttons1to15.
Shortpress:selectthe
presetradiostation.
Longpress:presetaradio
station.
Next"Multiplex".
Nextradiostation.
Secondarypage.
Displaythenameand
numberofthemultiplex
servicebeingused.
Previous"Multiplex".
Previousradiostation.
DAB(DigitalAudioBroadcasting)radio
Ifthe"DAB"radiostationbeinglistenedtoisnot
availableon"FM",the"DABFM"optionisgreyedout.
Journaline
®
isatext-basedinformationservicedesignedfordigitalradiosystems.
Itprovidestext-basedinformationstructuredaroundtopicsandsub-topics.
Thisserviceisavailablefromthe"LISTOFDABSTATIONS"page.
.
Audio and Telematics
245
Selectchangeofsource.
Press on Mediatodisplaythe
primarypage.
Select "DAB Radio".
Select "List"intheprimarypage.
Selecttheradiostationfromthelistoffered.
Press Mediatodisplaytheprimary
pagethenpressonthesecondary
page.
Select "Settings".
Select "Radio".
Select "Digital/FM auto
tracking" then "Confirm".
Digital radio - DAB / FM
auto tracking
DAB
(Digital Audio Broadcasting)
Digital radio
"DAB"doesnotcover100%ofthe
territory.
Whenthedigitalradiosignalisweak,
"DAB/FMstationtracking"allowsyouto
continuelisteningtothesamestation,
byautomaticallyswitchingtothe
corresponding"FM"analoguestation
(ifthereisone).
If"DAB/FMstationtracking"is
activated,thereisadifferenceofafew
secondswhenthesystemswitchesto
"FM"analogueradiowithsometimesa
variationinvolume.
Whenthedigitalsignalisrestored,the
systemautomaticallychangesbackto
"DAB".
Digitalradioprovideshigherquality
receptionandalsothegraphicaldisplay
ofcurrentinformationontheradio
stationbeinglistenedto.Select"List"in
theprimarypage.
Therangeofmultiplexesavailableis
displayedinalphabeticalorder.
Ifthe"DAB"stationbeinglistenedto
is not available on "FM" ("DAB/FM"
optiongreyedout),or"DAB/FMstation
tracking"isnotactivated,thesound
willcutoutwhilethedigitalsignalistoo
weak.
or
Select "Radio list"inthesecondary
page.
Audio and Telematics
246
Music
USB player Selecting the source
ThesteeringmountedSRC (source)
buttoncanbeusedtogotothenext
mediasource,availableifthesource
isactive.
Selectchangeofsource.
Press on Mediatodisplaythe
primarypage.
Thesystembuildsplaylists(intemporary
memory),anoperationwhichcantakefrom
afewsecondstoseveralminutesatthefirst
connection.
Reducethenumberofnon-musicfilesandthe
numberoffolderstoreducethewaitingtime.
Theplaylistsareupdatedeverytimethe
ignitionisswitchedofforconnectionofaUSB
memorystick.Thelistsarememorised:ifthey
arenotmodified,thesubsequentloadingtime
willbeshorter.
InserttheUSBmemorystickintotheUSBport
orconnecttheUSBdevicetotheUSBport
usingasuitablecable(notsupplied).
Auxiliary (AUX) socket
Connecttheportabledevice(MP3player)to
theauxiliaryJacksocketusinganaudiocable
(notsupplied).
Firstadjustthevolumeofyourportabledevice
(toahighlevel).Thenadjustthevolumeofyour
audiosystem.
Displayandmanagementofthecontrolsare
viatheportabledevice.
Choosethesource.
Press OKtoconfirmtheselection.
.
Audio and Telematics
247
Theaudioequipmentwillonlyplayaudio
fileswith".wma,.aac,.flac,.oggand.mp3"
fileextensionsandwithabitrateofbetween
32Kbpsand320Kbps.
ItalsosupportsVBR(VariableBitRate)mode.
Noothertypeoffile(.mp4,...)canbeplayed.
WMAfilesmustbeofthestandardwma9type.
Thesamplingratessupportedare11,32,44
and48KHz.
Itisadvisabletorestrictfilenamesto
20characters,withoutusingofspecial
characters(e.g.:""?;ù)toavoidanyplaying
anddisplayingproblems.
Information and advice
UseonlyUSBmemorysticksformattedFAT32
(28-bitfileallocationtable).
ThesystemsupportsUSBmass
storagedevices,BlackBerry
®
devices
or Apple
®
playersviaUSBports.The
adaptorcablenotsupplied.
Controloftheperipheraldeviceiswith
theaudiosystemcontrols.
Otherperipherals,notrecognisedon
connection,mustbeconnectedtothe
auxiliarysocketusingaJackcable(not
supplied).
ItisrecommendedthattheUSBcable
fortheportabledeviceisused.
Thesystemdoesnotsupportthe
simultaneousconnectionoftwo
identicaldevices(twomemorysticks,
two Apple
®
players) but it is possible
toconnectonememorystickandone
Apple
®
playeratthesametime.
Audio and Telematics
248
Bluetooth
®
audio streaming
Streamingallowsaudiofilesonyourtelephone
tobeplayedthroughthevehicle'sspx`eakers.
Connectthetelephone:seethe"Telephone"
section, then "Bluetooth".
Choose the "Audio" or "All"profile.
Ifplaydoesnotstartautomatically,itmaybe
necessarytostarttheaudioplaybackfromthe
telephone.
Controlisfromtheperipheraldeviceorby
usingtheaudiosystembuttons.
Onceconnectedinstreamingmode,
thetelephoneisconsideredtobea
mediasource.
Itisrecommendedthatyouactivate
"Repeat"ontheBluetoothperipheral.
Connecting Apple
®
players
Connect the Apple
®
player to the USB port
usingasuitablecable(notsupplied).
Playstartsautomatically.
Controlisviatheaudiosystem.
The classifications available are those
oftheportabledeviceconnected
(artists/albums/genres/playlists/
audiobooks/podcasts).
Thedefaultclassificationusedisby
artist.Tomodifytheclassificationused,
returntothefirstlevelofthemenu
thenselectthedesiredclassification
(playlistsforexample)andconfirm
togodownthroughthemenutothe
desiredtrack.
Theversionofsoftwareintheaudiosystem
maynotbecompatiblewiththegenerationof
your Apple
®
player.
Audio and Telematics
250
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Navigation
Navigation Route settings
"Navigation"
Primary page
.
Audio and Telematics
251
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Comments
Navigation
Settings
Navigation
Enter destination Displayrecentdestinations.
Route settings
Fastest
Choosethenavigationcriteria.
Themapdisplaystheroutechosenaccordingto
thesecriteria.
Shortest
Time/distance
Ecological
Tolls
Ferries
Strict-Close
Showrouteonmap Displaythemapandstartnavigation.
Confirm Savetheoptions.
Save Savethecurrentaddress.
Stop navigation Deletethenavigationinformation.
Voice
Choosethevolumeforvoiceandannouncement
ofstreetnames.
Diversion
Detourfromyourinitialroutebyacertain
distance.
Navigation
Displayintextmode.
Zoomin.
Zoomout.
Displayinfullscreenmode.
Usethearrowstomovethemap.
Switchto2Dmap.
Audio and Telematics
252
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
To use the telephone functions,
refer to the "Telephone"section.
Formanagingcontactsand
theiraddresses,refertothe
"Telephone"section.
Navigation
Address
Enter destination
Contacts
"Navigation"
Secondary page
.
Audio and Telematics
253
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Comments
Navigation
Secondary page
Enter destination
Address
Currentloc.
AddresssettingsPoint of interest
Town center
Save Savethecurrentaddress.
Addwaypoint Addawaypointtotheroute.
Navigateto Presstocalculatetheroute.
Contacts
Addresses
Selectacontactthencalculatetheroute.
Addcontact
Addwaypoint
Search for contact
Navigateto
On the map Displaythemapandzoomtoviewtheroads.
Itinerary
Create,addordeleteawaypointorviewthe
itinerary.
Stop Deletenavigationinformation.
Navigate to Presstocalculatetheroute.
Audio and Telematics
254
Search for a point of interest
Navigation
Point of interest displayed on the map
Search for a POI by name
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
"Navigation"
Secondary page
.
Audio and Telematics
255
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Comments
Navigation
Secondary page
Search for POI
All POIs
Listofcategoriesavailable.
Afterchoosingthecategory,selectthepointsof
interest.
Motor
Dining/hotels
Personal
By name
Search Savethesettings.
Navigation
Secondary page
Show POIs
Select all
ChoosethedisplaysettingsforPOIs.Delete
Import POIs
Confirm Savetheoptions.
Audio and Telematics
256
Moving
between
the two
menus.
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Traffic messages
Settings
Diversion
Map settings
Navigation
Map settings
Settings
Settings
"Navigation"
Secondary page
.
Audio and Telematics
257
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Comments
Navigation
Secondary page
Traffic messages
On the route
Settingsforthechoiceofmessagesandthe
filterradius.
Around vehicle
Near destination
Detour
Detouroveradistance
Recalculate route
Finish Saveyourselections.
Navigation
Secondary page
Map settings
Orientation
Flatviewnorthheading
Choosethedisplayandorientationofthe
map.
Flatviewvehicleheading
Perspective view
Maps
Aspect
"Day"mapcolour
"Night"mapcolour
Automaticday/night
Confirm Savethesettings.
Navigation
Secondary page
Settings
Route settings
Entersettingsandchoosethevolumeforthe
voiceandannouncementofstreetnames.
Voice
Alarm!
Traffic options
Confirm Saveyourselections.
Audio and Telematics
258
Navigation-Guidance
Choosing a new destination
Select "Enter destination".
Select "Save"tosavetheaddress
enteredasacontactentry.
Thesystemallowsupto200entries.
Select "Confirm".
Press "Show route on map" to start
navigation.
Select "Address".
Select the "Country:"fromthe
listoffered,theninthesame
way the "City:" or its post
code,the"Road:", the "N°:".
Confirmeachtime.
Select "Navigate to".
Choosetherestrictioncriteria:
"Tolls", "Ferries", "Traffic", "Strict",
"Close".
Choosethenavigationcriteria:
"Fastest" or "Shortest" or "Time/
distance" or "Ecological".
Todeletenavigationinformation,
press "Settings".
Press "Stop navigation".
Toresumenavigation
press "Settings".
Press "Resume guidance".
Press on Navigationtodisplaythe
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Towards a new destination
Or
.
Audio and Telematics
259
Towards a recent destination
Select "Enter destination".
Selectanaddressfrom
thelistoffered.
Press on Navigationtodisplaythe
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Navigate to".
Towards a contact
Select "Enter destination".
Select "Contacts".
Press on Navigationtodisplaythe
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Selectadestinationfrom
the contacts in the list
offered.
Select "Navigate to".
Select the criteria then "Confirm" to
startnavigation.
Tobeabletousenavigation"towards
acontactinthedirectory",itisfirst
necessarytoentertheaddressforyour
contact.
Select the criteria then "Confirm" or
press "Show route on map" to start
navigation.
Audio and Telematics
260
Towards GPS coordinates
Select "Enter destination".
Select "Address".
Enter the "Longitude:"
then the "Latitude:".
Select "Navigate to".
Select the criteria then "Confirm" or
press "Show route on map" to start
navigation.
Press on Navigationtodisplaythe
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Towards a point on the map
Select "Enter destination".
Select "On the map".
Press on Navigationtodisplaythe
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Zoominginonthemapshowspointswith
information.
Alongpressonapointopensitscontent.
Towards points of interest (POI)
PointsofInterest(POI)arelistedindifferent
categories.
Press on Navigationtodisplaythe
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Search for POI".
Select "All POIs",
Or
"Motor",
Or
"Dining/hotels".
.
Audio and Telematics
261
Anannualmappingupdateallowsnew
pointsofinteresttobepresentedto
you.
YoucanalsoupdatetheRiskareas/
Dangerareaseverymonth.
Thedetailedprocedureisavailableon:
http://citroen.navigation.com.
Audio and Telematics
262
Risk areas / Danger zone
alert settings
Press on Navigationtodisplaythe
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Settings".
Select "Alarm!"(Alert).
ItisthenpossibletoactivateRiskareasalerts
then:
- "Audiblewarning"
- "Alertonlywhennavigating"
- "Alertonlyforoverspeed"
- "Displayspeedlimits"
- Timing:thechoiceoftimingallowsthe
timebeforegivingaRiskareasalerttobe
defined.
Select "Confirm".
Thisseriesofalertsanddisplaysis
onlyavailableifRiskareashavefirst
beendownloadedandinstalledonthe
system.
Trafc
Traffic information
Display of messages
Press on Navigationtodisplaythe
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Traffic messages".
Choosefiltersettingsfor:
"On the route",
"Around",
"Near destination",filterstofine-
tunethelistofmessages.
Pressagaintoremovethefilter.
.
Audio and Telematics
263
Selectthemessagefrom
thelistoffered.
Selectthemagnifyingglasstohave
voiceinformation.
Setting lters
Press on Navigationtodisplaythe
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Settings".
Select "Traffic options".
Select:
- "Be advised of new messages",
- "Speak messages".
Thenenterthefilterradius.
Select "Confirm".
Werecommendafilterradiusof:
- 12miles(20km)inurbanareas,
- 30miles(50km)onmotorways.
TMC(TrafficMessageChannel)
messagesonGPS-Navigationcontain
trafficinformationtransmittedinreal
time.
TheTA(TrafficAnnouncement)
functiongivesprioritytoTAalert
messages.Tooperate,thisfunction
needsgoodreceptionofaradiostation
transmittingthistypeofmessage.
Whenatrafficreportistransmitted,
thecurrentaudiosourceisinterrupted
automaticallytoplaytheTAmessage.
Normalplaybackoftheaudiosource
resumesattheendofthetransmission
ofthemessage.
Receiving TA messages
Press on Navigationtodisplaythe
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Settings".
Select "Voice".
Activate/Deactivate"Traffic
(TA)".
Audio and Telematics
264
Level 1
Conguration
Level 2 Level 3
Audio settings
Audio settings
Audio settings
"Configuration"
Primary page
.
Audio and Telematics
265
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Comments
Configuration
Audio settings
Ambience Choosethesoundambience.
Balance
Setthepositionofthesoundinthevehicleusing
theArkamys
®
system.
Sound effects
Setthevolumeoractivatethelinktovehicle
speed.
Ringtones Setthetelephoneringtoneandvolume.
Voice
Setthevolumeandvoiceforspeakingstreet
names
Confirm Savethesettings.
Configuration
Turn off screen
Turnoffthedisplay(blackscreen).Apressonthe
blackscreenrestoresthedisplay.
Configuration
Interactive help
Back
ConsulttheInteractivehelp.
Driving assistance -
Equipment
Warning lamps
Audio communication
GPS Navigation
Previous page
Next page
Audio and Telematics
266
Units
Display screen
Configuration
Adjust date and time
Factory settings
Level 1 Level 2
"Configuration"
Secondary page
.
Audio and Telematics
267
Level 1 Level 2 Comments
Configuration
Secondary page
System Settings
Units
Settheunitsusedtodisplaydistance,fuel
consumptionandtemperature.
Delete data
Selectthedesireddatainthelistthenpress
Delete.
Factory settings Returntofactorysettings.
Confirm Savethesettings.
Configuration
Secondary page
Time/Date
Confirm Setthedateandtimethenconfirm.
Configuration
Secondary page
Screen settings
Activate automatic text scrolling
Makethesettingthenconfirm.Activate animations
Confirm
Audio and Telematics
268
Choice of language
CalculatorConfiguration
Calendar
Level 1 Level 2
"Configuration"
Secondary page
.
Audio and Telematics
269
Level 1 Level 2 Comments
Configuration
Secondary page
Languages
Confirm Selectthelanguagethenconfirm.
Configuration
Secondary page
Calculator
Selectthecalculator.
Configuration
Secondary page
Calendar
Selectthecalendar.
Audio and Telematics
270
Audio settings
Press on Configurationtodisplay
theprimarypage.
Select "Audio settings".
Select "Ambience" or "Balance" or
"Sound effects" or "Ringtones" or
"Voice".
On-boardaudio:Arkamys
©
Sound
Stagingoptimisessounddistributionin
thethepassengercompartment.
The"Interactivehelp"includedin
thesystemisnotintendedtobea
substituteforthemorecomplete
contentoftheprintedhandbook.
Thedistribution(orspatialisationusing
theArkamys
©
system)ofsoundisan
audioprocessthatallowstheaudio
qualitytobeadaptedtothenumberof
listenersinthevehicle.
Availableonlywiththe6-speaker
configuration.
Theaudiosettings(Ambience, Bass:,
Treble:andLoudness)aredifferent
andindependentforeachsound
source.
ThesettingsforDistributionand
Balancearecommontoallsources.
Asasafetymeasure,consultationof
thehandbookisonlypossiblewiththe
vehiclestationary.
- "Ambience"(choiceof6musical
ambiences)
- "Bass:"
- "Treble:"
- "Loudness"(Activate/Deactivate)
- "Balance" ("Driver", "All
passengers", "Front only")
-
"Audible response from touch screen"
- "Volume linked to speed"
(Activate/Deactivate)
Press on Configurationtodisplay
theprimarypage.
Select "Interactive help".
Interactive help
.
Audio and Telematics
271
Press on Configurationtodisplay
theprimarypagethengotothe
secondarypage.
Press on Configurationtodisplay
theprimarypagethengotothe
secondarypage.
Press on Configurationtodisplay
theprimarypagethengotothe
secondarypage.
Select:
- "Time/Date"tochangethetime
zone, synchronisation with GPS,
thetimeanditsformatandthen
thedate.
- "Languages"tochangethe
language.
- "Calculator"todisplaya
calculator.
- "Calendar"todisplayacalendar.
Select "System Settings".
Select "Screen settings".
Select "Units"tochangetheunits
ofdistance,fuelconsumptionand
temperature.
Activateordeactivate"Activate
automatic text scrolling"and
"Activate animations".
Select "Delete data"todeletethe
listofrecentdestinations,personal
pointsofinterest,contactsinthelist.
Choosetheitemthenselect"Delete".
Select "Factory settings" to return
totheoriginalsettings.
System
Modify system settings
Audio and Telematics
272
Connectedservices
Level 1 Level 2
"Connected services"
Primary page
Drivingassistance
applications, see the
"CITROËN Multicity
Connect"*section.
Identification
DUN connection settings
Transfer rate
Certainnewgeneration
smartphonesarenotcompatible
withthisstandard.
Secondary page
InternetnavigationviaBluetooth
telephoneDial-UpNetworking
(DUN).
*Dependingoncountry.
.
Audio and Telematics
273
CITROËN Multicity Connect
Theseapplicationsusevehicledatasuchas
thecurrentspeed,mileage,remainingfuel
rangeorevenGPSpositiontoprovidepertinent
information.
Asasafetymeasure,somefunctionscanonly
beusedwhenstationary.
The"MyCITROËN"applicationisalinkbetween
theuser,themanufactureranditsdealernetwork.
Itallowsthecustomertoknoweverythingabout
theirvehicle:servicingplan,accessoryrange,
servicecontractstakenout,...
Italsomakespossiblethesendingofthevehicle's
mileagetothe"MyCITROËN"site,ortoidentify
adealer.
Pressthe"Connectedservices"
menutodisplaytheapplications.
Plugthe"CITROËNMulticity
Connect"connectionkeyintothe
USBport.
*Dependingoncountry.
"CITROËN Multicity Connect"*
isaserviceprovidingdrivingaid
applicationsinrealtime;itgivesaccess
tousefulinformationsuchasthestate
ofthetraffic,dangerzones,fuelprices,
theavailabilityofparkingplaces,tourist
sites,weatherconditions,correct
addresses…
Itincludesaccesstothemobile
networkassociatedwiththeuseof
theseapplications."CITROËNMulticity
Connect"*isaserviceavailableunder
subscriptioncontractfromCITROËN
dealers,dependingoncountryandthe
typeoftouchscreen,bothbeforeand
afterdeliveryofanewvehicle.
Audio and Telematics
274
Level 1
Telephone
Level 2 Level 3
Contacts
Call log
"Telephone"
Primary page
.
Audio and Telematics
275
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Comments
Telephone
Call log
All calls
Aftermakingchoices,startthecall.
Incoming calls
Outgoing calls
Contacts
Magnifying glass
View
Create
Call
Telephone
Contacts
Addresses
Aftermakingchoices,startthecall.
View
Create
Modify
Delete
Delete all
Byname
Confirm
Navigate to
Search for contact
Call
Audio and Telematics
276
Bluetooth (equipment)
Telephone Options
Devices detected
Telephone connection
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
"Telephone"
Secondary page
.
Audio and Telematics
277
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Comments
Telephone
connection
Secondary page
Bluetooth
connection
Search
Startthesearchforanotherperipheraldeviceto
connect.
Disconnect
StoptheBluetoothconnectiontotheselected
peripheraldevice.
Update
Importthecontactsfromtheselectedtelephone
tostorethemintheaudiosystem.
Delete Deletetheselectedtelephone.
Confirm Savethesettings.
Telephone
connection
Secondary page
Search
for devices
Devices detected
Telephone
Startthesearchforperipheraldevices.Audiostreaming
Internet
Telephone
connection
Secondary page
Telephone Options
Put on hold
Cutthemicrophonetemporarilysothatthe
contact cannot hear your conversation with a
passenger.
Update
Importthecontactsfromtheselectedtelephone
tosavethemintheaudiosystem.
Ringtones Choosethetelephoneringtoneandvolume.
Memory info.
Contactrecordsusedandfree,percentageof
storagespaceusedbyinternalcontactsand
Bluetoothcontacts.
Confirm Savethesettings.
Audio and Telematics
278
Pairing a Bluetooth
®
telephone
Forreasonsofsafetyandbecausethey
requireprolongedattentiononthepart
ofthedriver,theoperationsforpairing
theBluetoothmobiletelephonetothe
hands-freesystemoftheaudiosystem
mustbecarriedoutwiththevehicle
stationary.
Procedure (short) from the
telephone
IntheBluetoothmenuofyourdevice,selectthe
systemnameinthelistofdevicesdetected.
Enteracodeofatleast4figuresinthedevice
andconfirm.
Enterthissamecodeinthesystem,
select "OK"andconfirm.
Procedure from the system
Activatethetelephone'sBluetoothfunction
andensurethatitis"visibletoall"(telephone
configuration).
Press on Telephonetodisplaythe
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Bluetooth connection".
Select "Search for devices".
Thelistoftelephonesdetectedis
displayed.
Ifthetelephoneisnotdetected,itis
recommendedthatyouswitchtheBluetooth
functiononyourtelephoneoffandthenonagain.
Selectthenameofthe
desiredperipheralfromthe
listand"Confirm".
Enteracodeofatleast4figuresfor
the connection then "Confirm".
Enterthissamecodeinthetelephonethen
accepttheconnection.
Thesystemofferstoconnectthetelephone:
- in"Telephone"(hands-freekit,telephone
only),
- in"Audio streaming"(streaming:wireless
playingofaudiofilesfromthetelephone),
- in"Internet"(internetbrowsing,onlyifyour
telephoneiscompatiblewiththe"DUN"
Dial-UpNetworkingBluetoothstandard).
Selectoneormoreprofilesandconfirm.
.
Audio and Telematics
279
Theservicesavailabledependon
thenetwork,theSIMcardandthe
compatibilityoftheBluetoothtelephone
used.Checkthetelephonemanualand
withyournetworkproviderfordetailsof
theservicesavailabletoyou.
Theabilityofthesystemtoconnect
withonlyoneprofiledependsonthe
telephone.Thethreeprofilesmayall
connectbydefault.
Visitwww.citroen.co.ukformoreinformation
(compatibility,additionalhelp,...).
Therecognisedtelephone
appearsinthelist.
Dependingonyourtelephone,youmaybe
askedtoacceptautomaticconnectionevery
timetheignitionisswitchedon.
On return to the vehicle, if the last telephone
connectedispresentagain,itisreconnected
automaticallyandwithinaround30seconds
afterswitchingontheignitionthepairingis
donewithoutanyactiononyourpart,with
(Bluetoothactivated).
Tomodifytheautomaticconnectionmode,
select the telephone in the list then select the
desiredprofile.
Dependingonthetypeoftelephone,
thesystemwillaskyoutoacceptornot
thetransferofyourcontacts.
If not, select "Update".
Connecting a Bluetooth
®
peripheral device
Automatic reconnection
Onswitchingontheignition,thetelephone
connectedwhentheignitionwaslastswitched
offisautomaticallyreconnected,ifthis
connectionmodehadbeenactivatedduringthe
pairingprocedure.
Theconnectionisconfirmedbythedisplayofa
messageandthenameofthetelephone.
Manual connection
Press on Telephonetodisplaythe
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Bluetooth"todisplaythelist
ofpairedperipherals.
Selecttheperipheraltoconnect.
Press on "Search for devices".
Theconnectionisconfirmedbythedisplayofa
messageandthenameofthetelephone.
Audio and Telematics
280
Managing paired
telephones
This function allows the connection or
disconnectionofaperipheraldeviceas
wellasthedeletionofapairing.
Usingthetelephoneisnot
recommendedwhiledriving.
Parkthevehicle.
Makethecallusingthesteering
mountedcontrols.
Press on Telephonetodisplaythe
primarypage.
Pressonthesecondarypage.
Select "Bluetooth"todisplaythelist
ofpairedperipheraldevices.
Selecttheperipheralinthelist.
Select "Search for devices"
Or
"Connect / Disconnect" to start or
endtheBluetoothconnectionwith
theselecteddevice.
Or
"Delete"todeletethepairing.
Receiving a call
Anincomingcallisannouncedbyaringanda
superimposeddisplayinthescreen.
Makeashortpressonthesteering
mountedTEL button to accept an
incomingcall.
Makealongpress
onthesteeringmountedTEL button
torejectthecall.
Or
Select "End call".
Making a call
Calling a new number
Press on Telephonetodisplaythe
primarypage.
Enterthephonenumberusingthe
digitalkeypad.
Press "Call"tostartthecall.
Calling a contact
Press on Telephonetodisplaythe
primarypage.
Ormakealongpress
onthesteeringmountedTELbutton.
.
Audio and Telematics
281
Select "Contacts".
Selectthedesiredcontactfromthelistoffered.
Select "Call".
Calling a recently used number
Press on Telephonetodisplaythe
primarypage.
Select "Call log".
Selectthedesiredcontactfromthelistoffered.
Itisalwayspossibletomakeacall
directlyfromthetelephone;parkthe
vehiclefirstasasafetymeasure.
Managing contacts / entries
Press on Telephonetodisplaythe
primarypage.
Select "Contacts".
Select "View".
Select "Create"toaddanewcontact.
Or
"Modify"toedittheselectedcontact.
Or
"Delete"todeletetheselected
contact.
Or
"Delete all"todeleteallinformation
fortheselectedcontact.
Select "By name" to view the list of
contacts.
Audio and Telematics
282
Thetablebelowgivesanswerstothemostfrequentlyaskedquestionsonyouraudiosystem.
Frequentlyaskedquestions
Navigation
QUESTION ANSWER SOLUTION
The route calculation is not
successful.
Thenavigationsettingsmayconflictwiththecurrentlocation
(exclusionoftollroadsonatollmotorway).
Checkthesettingsinthe"Navigation"menu.
ThePOIsdonotappear. ThePOIshavenotbeenselected. SelectthePOIsinthelistofPOIs.
TheRiskareasaudible
warningdoesnotwork.
Theaudiblewarningisnotactive. Activateaudiblewarningsinthe"Navigation"
menu.
Thesystemdoesnot
suggestadetouraroundan
incidentontheroute.
TheguidancecriteriadonottakeaccountofTMCmessages. Selectthe"Information"functioninthelistof
guidancecriteria.
IreceiveaRiskareasalert
whichisnotonmyroute.
Otherthanguidance,thesystemannouncesallRiskareas
positionedinaconelocatedinfrontofthevehicle.Itmayprovidean
alertforRiskareaslocatedonnearbyorparallelroads.
Zoominonthemaptoviewtheexactpositionof
theRiskareas.Select"Ontheroute"tonolonger
receivealertsotherthanguidanceortoreduce
thetimefortheannouncement.
.
Audio and Telematics
283
QUESTION ANSWER SOLUTION
Certaintrafficjamsalong
theroutearenotindicated
inrealtime.
Onstarting,itisseveralminutesbeforethesystembeginstoreceive
thetrafficinformation.
Waituntilthetrafficinformationisbeingreceived
correctly(displayofthetrafficinformationicons
onthemap).
Thefiltersaretoorestrictive. Modifythesettings.
Incertaincountries,onlymajorroutes(motorways...)arelistedfor
thetrafficinformation.
Thisphenomenonisnormal.Thesystemis
dependentonthetrafficinformationavailable.
Thealtitudeisnot
displayed.
Onstarting,theinitialisationoftheGPSmaytakeupto3minutesto
receivemorethan4satellitescorrectly.
Waituntilthesystemhascompletedstarting
up,sothatthereisGPScoverageofatleast
4satellites.
Dependingonthegeographicalenvironment(tunnel...)orthe
weather,theconditionsofreceptionoftheGPSsignalmayvary.
Thisphenomenonisnormal.Thesystem
isdependentontheGPSsignalreception
conditions.
Audio and Telematics
284
Radio
QUESTION ANSWER SOLUTION
Thequalityofreceptionof
theradiostationlistened
tograduallydeteriorates
orthestoredstationsdo
notfunction(nosound,
87.5Mhzisdisplayed...).
Thevehicleistoofarfromthetransmitterusedbythestation
listenedtoorthereisnotransmitterinthegeographicalarea
throughwhichthevehicleistravelling.
Activatethe"RDS"functionbymeansofthe
short-cutmenutoenablethesystemtocheck
whetherthereisamorepowerfultransmitterin
thegeographicalarea.
Theenvironment(hills,buildings,tunnels,basementcarparks...)
blockreception,includinginRDSmode.
Thisphenomenonisnormalanddoesnotindicate
afaultwiththeaudiosystem.
Theaerialisabsentorhasbeendamaged(forexamplewhengoing
throughacarwashorintoanundergroundcarpark).
HavetheaerialcheckedbyaCITRNdealer.
Icannotfindsomeradio
stations in the list of
stationsreceived.
Thestationisnotreceivedoritsnamehaschangedinthelist. Pressonthe"Updatelist"functioninthesystem
toupdatethelistofstationsreceived.
Someradiostationssendotherinformationinplaceoftheirname
(thetitleofthesongforexample).
Thesysteminterpretsthisinformationasthenameofthestation.
Thenameoftheradio
stationchanges.
.
Audio and Telematics
285
Media
QUESTION ANSWER SOLUTION
PlaybackofmyUSB
memorystickstartsonly
afteraverylongwait
(around2to3minutes).
Somefilessuppliedwiththememorystickmaygreatlyslowdown
accesstoreadingthememorystick(multiplicationby10ofthe
cataloguetime).
Deletethefilessuppliedwiththememorystick
andlimitthenumberofsub-foldersinthefile
structureonthememorystick.
WhenIconnectmyiPhone
astelephoneandtothe
USBportatthesametime,
Iamunabletoplaythe
musicfiles.
WhentheiPhoneconnectsautomaticallyasatelephone,itforces
thestreamingfunction.Thestreamingfunctiontakestheplaceof
theUSBfunctionwhichisthennotuseable,thereisaperiodwithout
soundofthetrackbeingplayedwithApple
®
players.
DisconnectandreconnecttotheUSBport(the
USBfunctiontakespriorityoverstreaming).
Somecharactersinthe
mediainformationarenot
displayedcorrectlywhile
playing.
Theaudiosystemdoesnotdisplaysometypesofcharacters. Usestandardcharacterstonametracksand
folders.
Playingofstreamingfiles
doesnotstart.
Theperipheraldeviceconnecteddoesnotsupportautomaticplay. Starttheplaybackfromthedevice.
Thenamesoftracksand
thetracklengtharenot
displayedonthescreen
whenstreamingaudio.
TheBluetoothprofiledoesnotallowthetransferofthisinformation.
Audio and Telematics
286
Settings
QUESTION ANSWER SOLUTION
Inchangingthesetting
oftrebleandbassthe
equalizersettingis
deselected.
Theselectionofanequalizersettingimposesthebalancesettings.
Modifyingonewithouttheotherisnotpossible.
Modifythebalanceorequalizersettingstoobtain
thedesiredmusicalambience.
Inchangingtheequalizer
setting,trebleandbass
returntozero.
Whenchangingthe
balancesettings,the
distributionsettingis
deselected.
Theselectionofadistributionsettingimposesthebalancesettings.
Modifyingonewithouttheotherisnotpossible.
Modifythebalanceordistributionsettingsto
obtainthedesiredmusicalambience.
Whenchangingasound
distributionsetting,
thebalancesettingis
deselected.
.
Audio and Telematics
287
QUESTION ANSWER SOLUTION
Thereisadifferencein
soundqualitybetweenthe
differentaudiosources.
Foroptimumsoundquality,theaudiosettingsforVolume:,Bass:,
Treble:,AmbienceandLoudnesscanbeadaptedtothedifferent
soundsources,whichmayresultinaudibledifferenceswhen
changingsource.
Checkthattheaudiosettingsfor(Volume:,Bass:,
Treble:,Ambience,Loudness)areadaptedtothe
sourceslistenedto.Itisadvisabletosettheaudio
functions(Bass:,Treble:,Balance)tothemiddle
position,selectthe"None"musicalambience
andsettheloudnesscorrectiontothe"Inactive"
positioninradiomode.
Withtheengineoff,the
systemswitchesoffaftera
fewminutesofuse.
Whentheengineisswitchedoff,thesystem'soperatingtime
dependsonthestateofchargeofthebattery.
Theswitch-offisnormal:thesystemswitchestoeconomymodeand
switchesofftopreventdischargingofthevehicle'sbattery.
Startthevehicle'senginetoincreasethebattery
charge.
Audio and Telematics
288
Telephone
QUESTION ANSWER SOLUTION
Icannotconnectmy
Bluetoothtelephone.
Thetelephone'sBluetoothfunctionmaybeswitchedofforthe
telephonemaynotbevisible.
- Checkthatyourtelephone'sBluetooth
functionisswitchedon.
- Checkinthetelephonesettingsthatitis
"visibletoall".
TheBluetoothtelephoneisnotcompatiblewiththesystem. Youcancheckthecompatibilityofyourtelephone
atwww.citroen.co.uk(services).
Thevolumeofthe
telephoneconnected
inBluetoothmodeis
inaudible.
Thevolumedependsbothonthesystemandonthetelephone. Increasethevolumeoftheaudiosystem,to
maximumifrequired,andincreasethevolumeof
thetelephoneifnecessary.
Theambientnoiselevelhasaninfluenceonthequalityoftelephone
communication.
Reducetheambientnoiselevel(closethe
windows,reducetheboosterfanspeed,slow
down...).
Somecontactsare
duplicatedinthelist.
Theoptionsforsynchronizingcontactsaresynchronizingthe
contactsontheSIMcard,thecontactsonthetelephone,orboth.
Whenbothsynchronizationsareselected,somecontactsmaybe
duplicated.
Select"DisplaySIMcardcontacts"or"Display
telephonecontacts".
Contacts are not shown in
alphabeticalorder.
Sometelephonesofferdisplayoptions.Dependingonthesettings
chosen,contactscanbetransferredinaspecificorder.
Modifythedisplaysettinginthetelephone
directory.
Thesystemdoesnotreceive
SMStextmessages.
TheBluetoothmodedoesnotpermitsendingSMStextmessagesto
thesystem.
289
.
Alphabetical index
ABS.................................................................92
Accessories..................................................162
AdBlue
®
................................................... 19,176
Adjustingheadlamps......................................85
Adjustingheadrestraints................................51
Adjustingseats..........................................50,52
Adjustingtheairdistribution...............59,61,64
Adjustingtheairflow.......................... 58,60,64
Adjustingthedate...........................................38
Adjustingtheheightof
thesteeringwheel........................................55
Adjustingthetemperature................. 58,60,62
Adjustingthetime...........................................38
Adviceoncareand
maintenance.................................69,175,184
Adviceondriving..................................120,121
Airbags........................................15,16,21,100
Airbags,curtain.....................................103,104
Airbags,front.........................................101,104
Airbags,lateral......................................102,104
AIRBUMP
®
............................................183,184
Airconditioning.....................................9,57,60
Airconditioning,automatic....................... 57,62
Airconditioning,manual...........................57,60
Airintake.......................................56,59,61,65
Air vents..........................................................56
Anti-lockbrakingsystem(ABS)......................92
Anti-theft.........................................................41
Armrest,front...................................... 70,71,74
ASR(anti-slipregulation)................... 92,94,96
Assistance call........................................91,226
Assistance,emergencybraking.....................92
Audiostreaming(Bluetooth)........................248
Auxiliarysocket.............................................246
A B
Checkingtyrepressures
(usingthekit)......................................186,191
Checks.................................................. 174,175
Childlock....................................................... 119
Children................................... 105 -108,111-119
Childseats............... 99,105-107,111,112,118
Childseats,
conventional............................................... 111
Childseats,i-Size......................................... 117
Childseats,ISOFIX............................... 114-117
CITROËNConnectBox...............................226
CITROËNLocalised
Emergency/AssistanceCall.......................226
CITROËN Multicity Connect.........................273
Cleaning(advice)..........................................184
Closingtheboot..............................................48
Closingthedoors............................................46
Coathooks......................................................74
Compressor,tyreinflation............................186
Configuration,vehicle.....................................28
Connection, Bluetooth..........................278,279
Control,electricwindows................................49
Control,emergency
boot release..................................................48
Controls,steeringmounted..........................233
Controlstalk,lighting......................................80
Controlstalk,wipers................................. 87-89
Courtesylamp........................................ 68,205
Cruise control................................................139
Cupholder.................................................70,71
Cable,audio..................................................246
Cable,jack....................................................246
Capacity,fueltank........................................154
Cap, fuel filler................................................154
CD.................................................................246
Centrallocking....................................41,44,45
Changingabulb............................................198
Changingafuse............................................206
Changingawheel.........................................192
Changingawiper
blade.....................................................90,164
Changingtheremote
control battery...............................................43
Checkingtheengineoillevel..........................27
Checkingthelevels................................ 171-173
C
Baghook.........................................................77
Battery.................................... 161,174,213-216
Battery,charging...........................................215
Battery,remotecontrol...................................43
Blackscreen...................................................39
Blankingscreen(snowshield)......................159
BlueHDi...................................................24,176
Bluetooth(hands-freetelephone).........278,279
Bonnet...........................................................168
Boot.....................................................48,69,76
Brakediscs,pads.......................................... 175
Brakelamps..................................................203
Brakes.....................................................18,175
Bulbs(changing)...........................................198
290
Alphabetical index
Earthpoint,remote...............................169,170
EBA.................................................................92
Eco-driving(advice)..........................................9
Economymode.............................................161
Electronicbrakeforce
distribution(EBFD).......................................92
Electronicgearbox........................................131
Emergencycall.......................................91,226
Emissionscontrolsystem,SCR.....................20
Energyeconomymode.................................161
Enginecompartment............................169,170
Hazardwarninglamps............................91,185
Headlamps,automaticillumination..........80,83
Headlamps,dippedbeam.................79,80,199
Headlamps,mainbeam........... 79,80,198,200
Headrestraints,front......................................51
Headrestraints,rear.......................................53
Heating........................................... 9,58,60,62
Hill start assist...............................................132
Horn.................................................................91
Identification,vehicle....................................225
Ignition.....................................................65,124
F
H
I
Fillingthefueltank........................154,156,157
Filter, air........................................................ 174
Filter, oil......................................................... 174
Filter, particle........................................ 173,174
Filter,passengercompartment..................... 174
Fittingroofbars.............................................165
Fittings,boot.............................................76,78
Fittings,interior......................................... 70-75
Flap, fuel filler........................................154,156
Foglamp,rear..........................................81,203
Foglamps,front.........................81,86,198,201
Frequency(radio)..................................242,243
Fuel................................................................157
Fuelconsumption..............................................9
Fueltank........................................................154
Fuses.................................................... 206,208
E
D G
DAB(DigitalAudioBroadcasting)-
Digitalradio.........................................244,245
Date(setting)...................................................38
Daytimerunninglamps.......................79,80,84
Daytimerunninglamps,LED................198,199
Deactivatingthepassengerairbag.......101,108
Deadlocking..............................................42,45
Defrosting..................................................66,67
Demisting..................................................66,67
Diesel............................................................157
Dimensions...................................................224
Dipstick.................................................... 27,171
Directionindicators.......... 82,84,198,200,203
Doors...............................................................46
Drivingeconomically.........................................9
Dynamicstabilitycontrol
(DSC)................................... 16,18,92,94,96
Engine,Diesel......... 14,157,170,219,222,223
Engine,petrol........................157,169,220,221
Engines................................................ 220,222
Environment................................................9,43
ESC (electronic stability control)....................16
Gauge,fuel.............................................. 11,155
Gearbox,
electronic.............. 9,23,71,74,128,133,175
Gearbox,
manual................ 9,70,74,126,132,133,175
Gearefficiencyindicator...............................127
Gearlever,manualgearbox.........................126
Glovebox.................................................. 70-72
Grip control.....................................................95
291
.
Alphabetical index
Labels,identification.....................................225
Lamp,boot..............................................69,205
Lamps..............................................................80
Leather (care)................................................184
LEDs-Light-emittingdiodes..................84,205
Levelsandchecks.................................169-173
Lighting,cornering..........................................86
Lightingdimmer..............................................39
Lighting,guide-mehome................................85
Lighting,interior..............................................68
Loading...........................................................10
Loadreductionmode....................................161
LocalisedAssistance/EmergencyCall.........226
Locatingyourvehicle...................................... 41
Lockingfromtheinside...................................45
Lockingthedoors.....................................45,47
Low fuel level................................................154
Oilchange..................................................... 171
Oilconsumption............................................ 171
Openingthebonnet......................................168
Openingtheboot............................................48
Openingthedoors..........................................46
Paintcolourcode..........................................225
Panoramicglasssunroof................................69
Parcel shelf, rear....................................... 77,78
ParkAssist....................................................146
Parkingbrake........................................ 125,175
Parkingsensors,front...................................144
Parkingsensors,rear....................................143
Plates,identification......................................225
Player, Apple
®
...............................................248
Player, USB...................................................246
Plip............................................................40,41
Pre-heater,Diesel...........................................14
L N
O
P
Keywithremotecontrol......................40,41,44
Kit,hands-free......................................278,279
Kit,temporarypuncturerepair................77,186
Navigation.....................................................256
Numberplatelamps......................................204
K
Jack...............................................192,194,195
Jumpstarting................................................214
Maintenance(advice)............................183,184
Maintenance, routine......................................10
Mapreadinglamps.........................................68
Markings,identification.................................225
Mat......................................................70,71,75
Memorisingaspeed.....................................142
Mirror, rear view..............................................55
Mirrors,door....................................................54
Misfuel prevention.........................................156
Mountings,Isofix........................................... 114
J
M
Immobiliser,electronic..............................41,44
Indicator,engineoillevel................................27
Indicatorlamps,operation..............................13
Indicators,direction................................82,200
Inflatingtyres....................................................9
Inflatingtyresandaccessories
(usingthekit)..............................................186
Instrumentpanel............................................. 11
Interactive help........................................33,270
ISOFIX................................................... 114 -116
292
Alphabetical index
Tableofweights....................................221,223
Tablesofengines................................. 220,222
Tables of fuses......................................208,211
Tank,AdBlue
®
additive.........................176,180
Tank,fuel.......................................................154
Technicaldata....................................... 220-223
Telephone.....................................................274
Thirdbrakelamp...........................................204
Threeflashes(directionindicators)................82
T
Radio.............................................................242
Radio,digital
(DigitalAudioBroadcasting-DAB)............244
RDS...............................................................243
Rearscreen,demisting/defrosting.................67
Rechargingthebattery.........................213,215
Recirculation, air.................................59,61,65
Reductionofelectricalload..........................161
Regenerationoftheparticlefilter................. 174
Reinitialisationoftheunder-inflation
detectionsystem.........................................152
Reinitialisingtheremotecontrol.....................43
Reminder,lightingon......................................82
Remotecontrol................................................40
Removingawheel........................................194
Removingthemat...........................................75
Replacingbulbs............................................198
Replacingfuses............................................206
Replacingtheairfilter................................... 174
Replacingtheoilfilter................................... 174
Replacingthepassenger
compartmentfilter...................................... 174
Safety,children............... 101,105-108,111-119
Screen,coldclimate.....................................159
Screen, colour................................ 29,234,235
Screenmenumap............... 236,238,240,250,
252,256,264,274,276
Screenwash, front...........................................88
Screenwash, rear............................................88
SCR (Selective Catalytic
Reduction)..................................................176
Seat belts...........................................97-99,111
Seat, rear bench.............................................52
Seats, front......................................................50
Seats, rear.......................................................52
Serialnumber,vehicle..................................225
Serviceindicator.............................................24
Servicing.........................................................10
Settings,equipment........................................28
Settings(Menus)...........................................264
Settings,system............................................271
Sidelamps........................ 79,84,198,199,203
Siderepeater................................................202
S
R
Snow chains..................................................158
Socket,12Vaccessory............................ 70-72
Socket,auxiliary............................................246
Socket,JACK..........................................73,246
Sockets,audio........................................73,246
Speedlimiter.........................................136,142
Stability control (ESC)...............................16,92
Startingtheengine...............................122,128
Startingusinganotherbattery......................214
Station,radio.........................................242,243
Stay, bonnet..................................................168
Steeringwheel,adjustment............................55
Stoppingthevehicle.....................................122
Stop & Start................................15,36,66,133,
146,154,168,174,213,216
Stop(warninglamp)........................................17
Storage......................................................72,74
Sun visor................................................... 70-72
Switchingofftheengine...............................122
Synchronisingtheremotecontrol...................43
Pressures, tyres............................186,191,225
Pre-tensioningseatbelts................................99
Primingpump................................................219
Primingthefuelsystem................................219
Protectingchildren.......... 101,105-108,111-119
Protectors......................................................183
Puncture........................................................186
Reservoir, screenwash.................................173
Resettingtheserviceindicator.......................26
Resettingthetriprecorder..............................37
Reversingcamera.........................................145
Reversinglamp.............................................203
Riskareas(update).......................................261
Roof bars.......................................................165
Runningoutoffuel(Diesel)..........................219
293
.
Alphabetical index
Warninglamp,Stop........................................17
Washing(advice)...................................175,184
Weights.................................................221,223
Wheel, spare.........................................192,193
Windowcontrols.............................................49
Windows,reardoors...............................49,184
Windows,rearquarter..................................184
Wiperblades(changing).........................90,164
Wiper, rear.......................................................88
Wipers.......................................................15,87
Wipers,automaticrainsensitive............... 87,89
Unlockingthedoors............................40,45,47
Updatingriskareas.......................................261
Updatingthedate............................................38
Updatingthetime............................................38
UREAwarninglamp............................. 177,178
USB port................................................ 177,178
Ventilation.......................................9,56,57,60
Visibility...........................................................66
Underfloorstorage.........................................77
Under-inflation(detection)............................151
Unlocking........................................................40
Unlockingfromtheinside.........................45,46
Unlockingtheboot....................................40,48
Warningandindicatorlamps........ 12,13,16,17
Warninglamp,airbag................................15,16
Warninglamp,brakingsystem.......................18
Warninglamp,Dieselenginepre-heater.......14
Warninglamp,seat
beltnotfastened...........................................98
Warninglamp,lowfuellevel...........................21
Warninglamps................................................17
Warninglamp,SCRemissions
controlsystem..............................................20
Warninglamp,seatbelts................................98
Warninglamp,Service....................................17
V
U
W
Time(setting)..................................................38
TMC (Traffic info)..........................................262
Tools..............................................186,192,193
Topping-upthe
AdBlue
®
additive.........................................180
Totaldistancerecorder...................................37
Touch screen tablet........................................28
Touch screen
tablet (Menus).................................29-34,230
Towbar...................................................121,160
Towedloads..........................................221,223
Towinganothervehicle......................... 217,218
Towingeye......................................................77
Traction control (ASR)........................16,18,92
Trafficinformation(TA).................................263
Trafficinformation(TMC)..............................262
Trailer....................................................121,160
Triangle,warning.....................................77,185
Tripcomputer..................................................35
Tripdistancerecorder.....................................37
Tyres................................................................10
Tyreunder-inflation
detection....................................... 23,151,191
11-15
Labelsarettedinvariousareasofyourvehicle.They
carrysafetywarningsaswellasvehicleidentication
information.Donotremovethem:theyformanintegralpart
ofyourvehicle.
AutomobilesCITROËNdeclares,byapplicationofthe
provisionsoftheEuropeanregulation(Directive2000/53)
relatingtoEndofLifeVehicles,thatitachievesthe
objectivessetbythisregulationandthatrecycledmaterials
areusedinthemanufactureoftheproductsthatitsells.
Reproductionortranslationofallorpartofthisdocument
isprohibitedwithoutwrittenauthorisationfrom
AutomobilesCITROËN.
We draw your attention to the following points:
- Thettingofelectricalequipmentoraccessoriesnot
listedbyCITROËNmaycausefaultsandfailures
withtheelectricalsystemofyourvehicle.Contact
aCITROËNdealerforinformationontherangeof
recommendedaccessories.
- Asasafetymeasure,accesstothediagnosticsocket,
usedforthevehicle'selectronicsystems,isreserved
strictlyforCITROËNdealersorqualiedworkshops,
equippedwiththespecialdiagnostictoolrequired(risk
ofmalfunctionsofthevehicle'selectronicsystemsthat
couldcausebreakdownsorseriousaccidents).The
manufacturercannotbeheldresponsibleifthisadviceis
notfollowed.
- Anymodicationoradaptationnotintendedor
authorisedbyAutomobilesCITROËNorcarriedout
withoutmeetingthetechnicalrequirementsdenedby
themanufacturerwouldleadtothesuspensionofthe
legalandcontractualwarranties.
PrintedintheEU
Anglais
Foranyworkonyourvehicle,useaqualiedworkshopthat
hasthetechnicalinformation,competenceandequipment
required,whichaCITROËNdealerisabletoprovide.
*SubjecttoofcialpublicationoftheresultsbytheFIA.
2016 – DOCUMENTATION DE BORD
4Dconcept
Diadeis
Interak
16C4C.0030
Anglais
224

Hulp nodig? Stel uw vraag in het forum

Spelregels
1

Forum

Citroen-C4-Cactus---2016
  • Wat betekent de knop "S" bij de versnellingsbakhendel Gesteld op 2-1-2024 om 12:52

    Reageer op deze vraag Misbruik melden
  • Hoe stel ik het geluid in bij het naderen van een camera bij mijn citroen cactus c4 Gesteld op 20-12-2023 om 10:42

    Reageer op deze vraag Misbruik melden
  • Mijn start stop systeem werkt niet
    Batterij spanning is 12,49 V en wanneer de motor draait 13,97V.
    Bij korte of lange afstanden (100km) werkt het systeem niet.
    Wanneer ik een paar uur de lader aan mijn batterij hang werkt deze onmiddellijk.
    Kan iemand mij helpen? Gesteld op 5-4-2023 om 12:12

    Reageer op deze vraag Misbruik melden
  • Hoe krijg ik een adres uit de navigatie gaat mij niet lukken Gesteld op 2-10-2022 om 13:46

    Reageer op deze vraag Misbruik melden
  • De touchscreen van onze Cactus werkt niet meer. ik krijg de melding: multimediasysteem momenteel niet beschikbaar. Het is enkel de touchscreen die niet meer werkt, de knoppen opzij werken wel.
    Radio speelt, navigatie volgt ook nog maar verwarming / airco kan niet meer ingesteld worden. Wie weet raad? Bedankt Gesteld op 6-8-2021 om 12:54

    Reageer op deze vraag Misbruik melden
  • Ik heb een citroen c4 cactus van september 2018. Nieuw model, maar ik weet niet waar ik de tijd kan zien. Gesteld op 16-11-2020 om 19:27

    Reageer op deze vraag Misbruik melden
6
  • Ik krijg een melding op het display van een autosymbool met een soort zendsignalen plus een harde pieptoon,na ongeveer 4 pieptonen verdwijnt het symbool. Ik kan nergens in de gebruiksaanwijzing vinden wat dit betekent. Gesteld op 16-10-2020 om 16:34

    Reageer op deze vraag Misbruik melden
  • Overschakelen van automaat naar handbediening in Cactus C4 Gesteld op 15-8-2020 om 16:34

    Reageer op deze vraag Misbruik melden
  • Als ik mijn iphone via de usb kabel aansluit wordt het niet herkent Gesteld op 4-8-2018 om 13:25

    Reageer op deze vraag Misbruik melden
    • Goedemiddag,
      Ik heb het zelfde probleem.mooue bende bij Citroën. Als je vraagt waar het aan ligt moeten ze het uitlezen.kost je 200,- euro.ik had laatst dat mijn start/stop systeem het niet deed.moeten we uitlezen.ze zeiden niet wat het koste.kom bij de Citroën dealer...hoppa 200,-.
      En ze wisten niet wat het was...
      Mijn collega...oud monteur...zei accu...
      Nieuwe accu ongedaan...wat denk je...alles doet het...geen uitval meer.
      Dus 200,- lichter en een nieuwe accu Geantwoord op 16-8-2019 om 17:49

      Waardeer dit antwoord Misbruik melden
  • Ik wil graag Maps op mijn scherm...maar dat lukt dus niet Geantwoord op 16-8-2019 om 17:49

    Waardeer dit antwoord (5) Misbruik melden
  • tijdaanduiding verzetten, hoe doe ik dat van de Citroen C4 cactus Gesteld op 14-7-2018 om 00:34

    Reageer op deze vraag Misbruik melden
    • Ik had ook dat probleem.
      Nu heb ik ontdekt dat je ipv. het uur juist te zetten (dan springt het steeds weer terug op de oude tijd), via GMT +2 moet gaan, dan zet hij de klok automatisch op zomer/ of wintertijd. Geantwoord op 14-7-2018 om 11:23

      Waardeer dit antwoord (7) Misbruik melden
  • Hoe kan ik de filemeldingen, die om de paar seconden verschijnen uitschakelen. Heb al diverse keren aangegeven dit niet te willen, maar de meldingen blijven terugkomen Gesteld op 25-6-2017 om 07:29

    Reageer op deze vraag Misbruik melden
    • Ik heb dit probleem ook. Heb net met de helpdesk gebeld, maar zij verwezen mij naar bladzijde 262 en 263 van de handleiding. Vanmiddag rij ik eens langs een Citroen dealer, misschien hebben zij een praktische oplossing. Geantwoord op 19-9-2017 om 11:27

      Waardeer dit antwoord Misbruik melden
  • Je moet naar pagina 256 van de handleiding. Dan het derde schermpje van rechtsboven naar beneden kiezen en daar de beide vinkjes uitschakelen. Volgens mij werkt het! Geantwoord op 19-9-2017 om 11:48

    Waardeer dit antwoord (4) Misbruik melden
  • Ik probeer de tijd in te stellen in mijn Citroën Cactus. Na alles correct te hebben uitgevoerd springt het uur steeds weer terug op het voorgaande uur. Wat is de oplossing? Gesteld op 27-3-2017 om 16:18

    Reageer op deze vraag Misbruik melden
    • Beste, wederom de tijd instellen zoals je het in het begin doet en dan in het scherm rechts zie je + 1 uur, en + 2 uur en daar moet je ook nog op drukken en vergeet dan vooral niet te bevestigen, groetjes, Geantwoord op 27-3-2017 om 16:30

      Waardeer dit antwoord (2) Misbruik melden
12

Misbruik melden

Gebruikershandleiding.com neemt misbruik van zijn services uitermate serieus. U kunt hieronder aangeven waarom deze vraag ongepast is. Wij controleren de vraag en zonodig wordt deze verwijderd.

Product:

Bijvoorbeeld antisemitische inhoud, racistische inhoud, of materiaal dat gewelddadige fysieke handelingen tot gevolg kan hebben.

Bijvoorbeeld een creditcardnummer, een persoonlijk identificatienummer, of een geheim adres. E-mailadressen en volledige namen worden niet als privégegevens beschouwd.

Spelregels forum

Om tot zinvolle vragen te komen hanteren wij de volgende spelregels:

Belangrijk! Als er een antwoord wordt gegeven op uw vraag, dan is het voor de gever van het antwoord nuttig om te weten als u er wel (of niet) mee geholpen bent! Wij vragen u dus ook te reageren op een antwoord.

Belangrijk! Antwoorden worden ook per e-mail naar abonnees gestuurd. Laat uw emailadres achter op deze site, zodat u op de hoogte blijft. U krijgt dan ook andere vragen en antwoorden te zien.

Abonneren

Abonneer u voor het ontvangen van emails voor uw Citroen C4 Cactus - 2016 bij:


U ontvangt een email met instructies om u voor één of beide opties in te schrijven.


Ontvang uw handleiding per email

Vul uw emailadres in en ontvang de handleiding van Citroen C4 Cactus - 2016 in de taal/talen: Engels als bijlage per email.

De handleiding is 8,35 mb groot.

 

U ontvangt de handleiding per email binnen enkele minuten. Als u geen email heeft ontvangen, dan heeft u waarschijnlijk een verkeerd emailadres ingevuld of is uw mailbox te vol. Daarnaast kan het zijn dat uw internetprovider een maximum heeft aan de grootte per email. Omdat hier een handleiding wordt meegestuurd, kan het voorkomen dat de email groter is dan toegestaan bij uw provider.

Stel vragen via chat aan uw handleiding

Stel uw vraag over deze PDF

Andere handleiding(en) van Citroen C4 Cactus - 2016

Citroen C4 Cactus - 2016 Gebruiksaanwijzing - Nederlands - 308 pagina's

Citroen C4 Cactus - 2016 Gebruiksaanwijzing - Deutsch - 308 pagina's


Uw handleiding is per email verstuurd. Controleer uw email

Als u niet binnen een kwartier uw email met handleiding ontvangen heeft, kan het zijn dat u een verkeerd emailadres heeft ingevuld of dat uw emailprovider een maximum grootte per email heeft ingesteld die kleiner is dan de grootte van de handleiding.

Er is een email naar u verstuurd om uw inschrijving definitief te maken.

Controleer uw email en volg de aanwijzingen op om uw inschrijving definitief te maken

U heeft geen emailadres opgegeven

Als u de handleiding per email wilt ontvangen, vul dan een geldig emailadres in.

Uw vraag is op deze pagina toegevoegd

Wilt u een email ontvangen bij een antwoord en/of nieuwe vragen? Vul dan hier uw emailadres in.



Info